+
+
+### Mergo in the wild
+
+Mergo is used by [thousands](https://deps.dev/go/dario.cat%2Fmergo/v1.0.0/dependents) [of](https://deps.dev/go/github.com%2Fimdario%2Fmergo/v0.3.16/dependents) [projects](https://deps.dev/go/github.com%2Fimdario%2Fmergo/v0.3.12), including:
+
+* [containerd/containerd](https://github.com/containerd/containerd)
+* [datadog/datadog-agent](https://github.com/datadog/datadog-agent)
+* [docker/cli/](https://github.com/docker/cli/)
+* [goreleaser/goreleaser](https://github.com/goreleaser/goreleaser)
+* [go-micro/go-micro](https://github.com/go-micro/go-micro)
+* [grafana/loki](https://github.com/grafana/loki)
+* [kubernetes/kubernetes](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes)
+* [masterminds/sprig](github.com/Masterminds/sprig)
+* [moby/moby](https://github.com/moby/moby)
+* [slackhq/nebula](https://github.com/slackhq/nebula)
+* [volcano-sh/volcano](https://github.com/volcano-sh/volcano)
+
+## Install
+
+ go get dario.cat/mergo
+
+ // use in your .go code
+ import (
+ "dario.cat/mergo"
+ )
+
+## Usage
+
+You can only merge same-type structs with exported fields initialized as zero value of their type and same-types maps. Mergo won't merge unexported (private) fields but will do recursively any exported one. It won't merge empty structs value as [they are zero values](https://golang.org/ref/spec#The_zero_value) too. Also, maps will be merged recursively except for structs inside maps (because they are not addressable using Go reflection).
+
+```go
+if err := mergo.Merge(&dst, src); err != nil {
+ // ...
+}
+```
+
+Also, you can merge overwriting values using the transformer `WithOverride`.
+
+```go
+if err := mergo.Merge(&dst, src, mergo.WithOverride); err != nil {
+ // ...
+}
+```
+
+If you need to override pointers, so the source pointer's value is assigned to the destination's pointer, you must use `WithoutDereference`:
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+
+ "dario.cat/mergo"
+)
+
+type Foo struct {
+ A *string
+ B int64
+}
+
+func main() {
+ first := "first"
+ second := "second"
+ src := Foo{
+ A: &first,
+ B: 2,
+ }
+
+ dest := Foo{
+ A: &second,
+ B: 1,
+ }
+
+ mergo.Merge(&dest, src, mergo.WithOverride, mergo.WithoutDereference)
+}
+```
+
+Additionally, you can map a `map[string]interface{}` to a struct (and otherwise, from struct to map), following the same restrictions as in `Merge()`. Keys are capitalized to find each corresponding exported field.
+
+```go
+if err := mergo.Map(&dst, srcMap); err != nil {
+ // ...
+}
+```
+
+Warning: if you map a struct to map, it won't do it recursively. Don't expect Mergo to map struct members of your struct as `map[string]interface{}`. They will be just assigned as values.
+
+Here is a nice example:
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "dario.cat/mergo"
+)
+
+type Foo struct {
+ A string
+ B int64
+}
+
+func main() {
+ src := Foo{
+ A: "one",
+ B: 2,
+ }
+ dest := Foo{
+ A: "two",
+ }
+ mergo.Merge(&dest, src)
+ fmt.Println(dest)
+ // Will print
+ // {two 2}
+}
+```
+
+Note: if test are failing due missing package, please execute:
+
+ go get gopkg.in/yaml.v3
+
+### Transformers
+
+Transformers allow to merge specific types differently than in the default behavior. In other words, now you can customize how some types are merged. For example, `time.Time` is a struct; it doesn't have zero value but IsZero can return true because it has fields with zero value. How can we merge a non-zero `time.Time`?
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "dario.cat/mergo"
+ "reflect"
+ "time"
+)
+
+type timeTransformer struct {
+}
+
+func (t timeTransformer) Transformer(typ reflect.Type) func(dst, src reflect.Value) error {
+ if typ == reflect.TypeOf(time.Time{}) {
+ return func(dst, src reflect.Value) error {
+ if dst.CanSet() {
+ isZero := dst.MethodByName("IsZero")
+ result := isZero.Call([]reflect.Value{})
+ if result[0].Bool() {
+ dst.Set(src)
+ }
+ }
+ return nil
+ }
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+type Snapshot struct {
+ Time time.Time
+ // ...
+}
+
+func main() {
+ src := Snapshot{time.Now()}
+ dest := Snapshot{}
+ mergo.Merge(&dest, src, mergo.WithTransformers(timeTransformer{}))
+ fmt.Println(dest)
+ // Will print
+ // { 2018-01-12 01:15:00 +0000 UTC m=+0.000000001 }
+}
+```
+
+## Contact me
+
+If I can help you, you have an idea or you are using Mergo in your projects, don't hesitate to drop me a line (or a pull request): [@im_dario](https://twitter.com/im_dario)
+
+## About
+
+Written by [Dario Castañé](http://dario.im).
+
+## License
+
+[BSD 3-Clause](http://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause) license, as [Go language](http://golang.org/LICENSE).
+
+[](https://app.fossa.io/projects/git%2Bgithub.com%2Fimdario%2Fmergo?ref=badge_large)
diff --git a/vendor/dario.cat/mergo/SECURITY.md b/vendor/dario.cat/mergo/SECURITY.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a5de61f77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/dario.cat/mergo/SECURITY.md
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Security Policy
+
+## Supported Versions
+
+| Version | Supported |
+| ------- | ------------------ |
+| 0.3.x | :white_check_mark: |
+| < 0.3 | :x: |
+
+## Security contact information
+
+To report a security vulnerability, please use the
+[Tidelift security contact](https://tidelift.com/security).
+Tidelift will coordinate the fix and disclosure.
diff --git a/vendor/dario.cat/mergo/doc.go b/vendor/dario.cat/mergo/doc.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7d96ec054
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/dario.cat/mergo/doc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+// Copyright 2013 Dario Castañé. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2009 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+/*
+A helper to merge structs and maps in Golang. Useful for configuration default values, avoiding messy if-statements.
+
+Mergo merges same-type structs and maps by setting default values in zero-value fields. Mergo won't merge unexported (private) fields. It will do recursively any exported one. It also won't merge structs inside maps (because they are not addressable using Go reflection).
+
+# Status
+
+It is ready for production use. It is used in several projects by Docker, Google, The Linux Foundation, VMWare, Shopify, etc.
+
+# Important notes
+
+1.0.0
+
+In 1.0.0 Mergo moves to a vanity URL `dario.cat/mergo`.
+
+0.3.9
+
+Please keep in mind that a problematic PR broke 0.3.9. We reverted it in 0.3.10. We consider 0.3.10 as stable but not bug-free. . Also, this version adds suppot for go modules.
+
+Keep in mind that in 0.3.2, Mergo changed Merge() and Map() signatures to support transformers. We added an optional/variadic argument so that it won't break the existing code.
+
+If you were using Mergo before April 6th, 2015, please check your project works as intended after updating your local copy with go get -u dario.cat/mergo. I apologize for any issue caused by its previous behavior and any future bug that Mergo could cause in existing projects after the change (release 0.2.0).
+
+# Install
+
+Do your usual installation procedure:
+
+ go get dario.cat/mergo
+
+ // use in your .go code
+ import (
+ "dario.cat/mergo"
+ )
+
+# Usage
+
+You can only merge same-type structs with exported fields initialized as zero value of their type and same-types maps. Mergo won't merge unexported (private) fields but will do recursively any exported one. It won't merge empty structs value as they are zero values too. Also, maps will be merged recursively except for structs inside maps (because they are not addressable using Go reflection).
+
+ if err := mergo.Merge(&dst, src); err != nil {
+ // ...
+ }
+
+Also, you can merge overwriting values using the transformer WithOverride.
+
+ if err := mergo.Merge(&dst, src, mergo.WithOverride); err != nil {
+ // ...
+ }
+
+Additionally, you can map a map[string]interface{} to a struct (and otherwise, from struct to map), following the same restrictions as in Merge(). Keys are capitalized to find each corresponding exported field.
+
+ if err := mergo.Map(&dst, srcMap); err != nil {
+ // ...
+ }
+
+Warning: if you map a struct to map, it won't do it recursively. Don't expect Mergo to map struct members of your struct as map[string]interface{}. They will be just assigned as values.
+
+Here is a nice example:
+
+ package main
+
+ import (
+ "fmt"
+ "dario.cat/mergo"
+ )
+
+ type Foo struct {
+ A string
+ B int64
+ }
+
+ func main() {
+ src := Foo{
+ A: "one",
+ B: 2,
+ }
+ dest := Foo{
+ A: "two",
+ }
+ mergo.Merge(&dest, src)
+ fmt.Println(dest)
+ // Will print
+ // {two 2}
+ }
+
+# Transformers
+
+Transformers allow to merge specific types differently than in the default behavior. In other words, now you can customize how some types are merged. For example, time.Time is a struct; it doesn't have zero value but IsZero can return true because it has fields with zero value. How can we merge a non-zero time.Time?
+
+ package main
+
+ import (
+ "fmt"
+ "dario.cat/mergo"
+ "reflect"
+ "time"
+ )
+
+ type timeTransformer struct {
+ }
+
+ func (t timeTransformer) Transformer(typ reflect.Type) func(dst, src reflect.Value) error {
+ if typ == reflect.TypeOf(time.Time{}) {
+ return func(dst, src reflect.Value) error {
+ if dst.CanSet() {
+ isZero := dst.MethodByName("IsZero")
+ result := isZero.Call([]reflect.Value{})
+ if result[0].Bool() {
+ dst.Set(src)
+ }
+ }
+ return nil
+ }
+ }
+ return nil
+ }
+
+ type Snapshot struct {
+ Time time.Time
+ // ...
+ }
+
+ func main() {
+ src := Snapshot{time.Now()}
+ dest := Snapshot{}
+ mergo.Merge(&dest, src, mergo.WithTransformers(timeTransformer{}))
+ fmt.Println(dest)
+ // Will print
+ // { 2018-01-12 01:15:00 +0000 UTC m=+0.000000001 }
+ }
+
+# Contact me
+
+If I can help you, you have an idea or you are using Mergo in your projects, don't hesitate to drop me a line (or a pull request): https://twitter.com/im_dario
+
+# About
+
+Written by Dario Castañé: https://da.rio.hn
+
+# License
+
+BSD 3-Clause license, as Go language.
+*/
+package mergo
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/imdario/mergo/map.go b/vendor/dario.cat/mergo/map.go
similarity index 95%
rename from vendor/github.com/imdario/mergo/map.go
rename to vendor/dario.cat/mergo/map.go
index a13a7ee46..759b4f74f 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/imdario/mergo/map.go
+++ b/vendor/dario.cat/mergo/map.go
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ func deepMap(dst, src reflect.Value, visited map[uintptr]*visit, depth int, conf
}
}
// Remember, remember...
- visited[h] = &visit{addr, typ, seen}
+ visited[h] = &visit{typ, seen, addr}
}
zeroValue := reflect.Value{}
switch dst.Kind() {
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ func deepMap(dst, src reflect.Value, visited map[uintptr]*visit, depth int, conf
}
fieldName := field.Name
fieldName = changeInitialCase(fieldName, unicode.ToLower)
- if v, ok := dstMap[fieldName]; !ok || (isEmptyValue(reflect.ValueOf(v)) || overwrite) {
+ if _, ok := dstMap[fieldName]; !ok || (!isEmptyValue(reflect.ValueOf(src.Field(i).Interface()), !config.ShouldNotDereference) && overwrite) || config.overwriteWithEmptyValue {
dstMap[fieldName] = src.Field(i).Interface()
}
}
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ func MapWithOverwrite(dst, src interface{}, opts ...func(*Config)) error {
func _map(dst, src interface{}, opts ...func(*Config)) error {
if dst != nil && reflect.ValueOf(dst).Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
- return ErrNonPointerAgument
+ return ErrNonPointerArgument
}
var (
vDst, vSrc reflect.Value
diff --git a/vendor/dario.cat/mergo/merge.go b/vendor/dario.cat/mergo/merge.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd47c95b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/dario.cat/mergo/merge.go
@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
+// Copyright 2013 Dario Castañé. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2009 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Based on src/pkg/reflect/deepequal.go from official
+// golang's stdlib.
+
+package mergo
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "reflect"
+)
+
+func hasMergeableFields(dst reflect.Value) (exported bool) {
+ for i, n := 0, dst.NumField(); i < n; i++ {
+ field := dst.Type().Field(i)
+ if field.Anonymous && dst.Field(i).Kind() == reflect.Struct {
+ exported = exported || hasMergeableFields(dst.Field(i))
+ } else if isExportedComponent(&field) {
+ exported = exported || len(field.PkgPath) == 0
+ }
+ }
+ return
+}
+
+func isExportedComponent(field *reflect.StructField) bool {
+ pkgPath := field.PkgPath
+ if len(pkgPath) > 0 {
+ return false
+ }
+ c := field.Name[0]
+ if 'a' <= c && c <= 'z' || c == '_' {
+ return false
+ }
+ return true
+}
+
+type Config struct {
+ Transformers Transformers
+ Overwrite bool
+ ShouldNotDereference bool
+ AppendSlice bool
+ TypeCheck bool
+ overwriteWithEmptyValue bool
+ overwriteSliceWithEmptyValue bool
+ sliceDeepCopy bool
+ debug bool
+}
+
+type Transformers interface {
+ Transformer(reflect.Type) func(dst, src reflect.Value) error
+}
+
+// Traverses recursively both values, assigning src's fields values to dst.
+// The map argument tracks comparisons that have already been seen, which allows
+// short circuiting on recursive types.
+func deepMerge(dst, src reflect.Value, visited map[uintptr]*visit, depth int, config *Config) (err error) {
+ overwrite := config.Overwrite
+ typeCheck := config.TypeCheck
+ overwriteWithEmptySrc := config.overwriteWithEmptyValue
+ overwriteSliceWithEmptySrc := config.overwriteSliceWithEmptyValue
+ sliceDeepCopy := config.sliceDeepCopy
+
+ if !src.IsValid() {
+ return
+ }
+ if dst.CanAddr() {
+ addr := dst.UnsafeAddr()
+ h := 17 * addr
+ seen := visited[h]
+ typ := dst.Type()
+ for p := seen; p != nil; p = p.next {
+ if p.ptr == addr && p.typ == typ {
+ return nil
+ }
+ }
+ // Remember, remember...
+ visited[h] = &visit{typ, seen, addr}
+ }
+
+ if config.Transformers != nil && !isReflectNil(dst) && dst.IsValid() {
+ if fn := config.Transformers.Transformer(dst.Type()); fn != nil {
+ err = fn(dst, src)
+ return
+ }
+ }
+
+ switch dst.Kind() {
+ case reflect.Struct:
+ if hasMergeableFields(dst) {
+ for i, n := 0, dst.NumField(); i < n; i++ {
+ if err = deepMerge(dst.Field(i), src.Field(i), visited, depth+1, config); err != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ if dst.CanSet() && (isReflectNil(dst) || overwrite) && (!isEmptyValue(src, !config.ShouldNotDereference) || overwriteWithEmptySrc) {
+ dst.Set(src)
+ }
+ }
+ case reflect.Map:
+ if dst.IsNil() && !src.IsNil() {
+ if dst.CanSet() {
+ dst.Set(reflect.MakeMap(dst.Type()))
+ } else {
+ dst = src
+ return
+ }
+ }
+
+ if src.Kind() != reflect.Map {
+ if overwrite && dst.CanSet() {
+ dst.Set(src)
+ }
+ return
+ }
+
+ for _, key := range src.MapKeys() {
+ srcElement := src.MapIndex(key)
+ if !srcElement.IsValid() {
+ continue
+ }
+ dstElement := dst.MapIndex(key)
+ switch srcElement.Kind() {
+ case reflect.Chan, reflect.Func, reflect.Map, reflect.Interface, reflect.Slice:
+ if srcElement.IsNil() {
+ if overwrite {
+ dst.SetMapIndex(key, srcElement)
+ }
+ continue
+ }
+ fallthrough
+ default:
+ if !srcElement.CanInterface() {
+ continue
+ }
+ switch reflect.TypeOf(srcElement.Interface()).Kind() {
+ case reflect.Struct:
+ fallthrough
+ case reflect.Ptr:
+ fallthrough
+ case reflect.Map:
+ srcMapElm := srcElement
+ dstMapElm := dstElement
+ if srcMapElm.CanInterface() {
+ srcMapElm = reflect.ValueOf(srcMapElm.Interface())
+ if dstMapElm.IsValid() {
+ dstMapElm = reflect.ValueOf(dstMapElm.Interface())
+ }
+ }
+ if err = deepMerge(dstMapElm, srcMapElm, visited, depth+1, config); err != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ case reflect.Slice:
+ srcSlice := reflect.ValueOf(srcElement.Interface())
+
+ var dstSlice reflect.Value
+ if !dstElement.IsValid() || dstElement.IsNil() {
+ dstSlice = reflect.MakeSlice(srcSlice.Type(), 0, srcSlice.Len())
+ } else {
+ dstSlice = reflect.ValueOf(dstElement.Interface())
+ }
+
+ if (!isEmptyValue(src, !config.ShouldNotDereference) || overwriteWithEmptySrc || overwriteSliceWithEmptySrc) && (overwrite || isEmptyValue(dst, !config.ShouldNotDereference)) && !config.AppendSlice && !sliceDeepCopy {
+ if typeCheck && srcSlice.Type() != dstSlice.Type() {
+ return fmt.Errorf("cannot override two slices with different type (%s, %s)", srcSlice.Type(), dstSlice.Type())
+ }
+ dstSlice = srcSlice
+ } else if config.AppendSlice {
+ if srcSlice.Type() != dstSlice.Type() {
+ return fmt.Errorf("cannot append two slices with different type (%s, %s)", srcSlice.Type(), dstSlice.Type())
+ }
+ dstSlice = reflect.AppendSlice(dstSlice, srcSlice)
+ } else if sliceDeepCopy {
+ i := 0
+ for ; i < srcSlice.Len() && i < dstSlice.Len(); i++ {
+ srcElement := srcSlice.Index(i)
+ dstElement := dstSlice.Index(i)
+
+ if srcElement.CanInterface() {
+ srcElement = reflect.ValueOf(srcElement.Interface())
+ }
+ if dstElement.CanInterface() {
+ dstElement = reflect.ValueOf(dstElement.Interface())
+ }
+
+ if err = deepMerge(dstElement, srcElement, visited, depth+1, config); err != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+ dst.SetMapIndex(key, dstSlice)
+ }
+ }
+
+ if dstElement.IsValid() && !isEmptyValue(dstElement, !config.ShouldNotDereference) {
+ if reflect.TypeOf(srcElement.Interface()).Kind() == reflect.Slice {
+ continue
+ }
+ if reflect.TypeOf(srcElement.Interface()).Kind() == reflect.Map && reflect.TypeOf(dstElement.Interface()).Kind() == reflect.Map {
+ continue
+ }
+ }
+
+ if srcElement.IsValid() && ((srcElement.Kind() != reflect.Ptr && overwrite) || !dstElement.IsValid() || isEmptyValue(dstElement, !config.ShouldNotDereference)) {
+ if dst.IsNil() {
+ dst.Set(reflect.MakeMap(dst.Type()))
+ }
+ dst.SetMapIndex(key, srcElement)
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Ensure that all keys in dst are deleted if they are not in src.
+ if overwriteWithEmptySrc {
+ for _, key := range dst.MapKeys() {
+ srcElement := src.MapIndex(key)
+ if !srcElement.IsValid() {
+ dst.SetMapIndex(key, reflect.Value{})
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ case reflect.Slice:
+ if !dst.CanSet() {
+ break
+ }
+ if (!isEmptyValue(src, !config.ShouldNotDereference) || overwriteWithEmptySrc || overwriteSliceWithEmptySrc) && (overwrite || isEmptyValue(dst, !config.ShouldNotDereference)) && !config.AppendSlice && !sliceDeepCopy {
+ dst.Set(src)
+ } else if config.AppendSlice {
+ if src.Type() != dst.Type() {
+ return fmt.Errorf("cannot append two slice with different type (%s, %s)", src.Type(), dst.Type())
+ }
+ dst.Set(reflect.AppendSlice(dst, src))
+ } else if sliceDeepCopy {
+ for i := 0; i < src.Len() && i < dst.Len(); i++ {
+ srcElement := src.Index(i)
+ dstElement := dst.Index(i)
+ if srcElement.CanInterface() {
+ srcElement = reflect.ValueOf(srcElement.Interface())
+ }
+ if dstElement.CanInterface() {
+ dstElement = reflect.ValueOf(dstElement.Interface())
+ }
+
+ if err = deepMerge(dstElement, srcElement, visited, depth+1, config); err != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ case reflect.Ptr:
+ fallthrough
+ case reflect.Interface:
+ if isReflectNil(src) {
+ if overwriteWithEmptySrc && dst.CanSet() && src.Type().AssignableTo(dst.Type()) {
+ dst.Set(src)
+ }
+ break
+ }
+
+ if src.Kind() != reflect.Interface {
+ if dst.IsNil() || (src.Kind() != reflect.Ptr && overwrite) {
+ if dst.CanSet() && (overwrite || isEmptyValue(dst, !config.ShouldNotDereference)) {
+ dst.Set(src)
+ }
+ } else if src.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+ if !config.ShouldNotDereference {
+ if err = deepMerge(dst.Elem(), src.Elem(), visited, depth+1, config); err != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ } else if src.Elem().Kind() != reflect.Struct {
+ if overwriteWithEmptySrc || (overwrite && !src.IsNil()) || dst.IsNil() {
+ dst.Set(src)
+ }
+ }
+ } else if dst.Elem().Type() == src.Type() {
+ if err = deepMerge(dst.Elem(), src, visited, depth+1, config); err != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ } else {
+ return ErrDifferentArgumentsTypes
+ }
+ break
+ }
+
+ if dst.IsNil() || overwrite {
+ if dst.CanSet() && (overwrite || isEmptyValue(dst, !config.ShouldNotDereference)) {
+ dst.Set(src)
+ }
+ break
+ }
+
+ if dst.Elem().Kind() == src.Elem().Kind() {
+ if err = deepMerge(dst.Elem(), src.Elem(), visited, depth+1, config); err != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ break
+ }
+ default:
+ mustSet := (isEmptyValue(dst, !config.ShouldNotDereference) || overwrite) && (!isEmptyValue(src, !config.ShouldNotDereference) || overwriteWithEmptySrc)
+ if mustSet {
+ if dst.CanSet() {
+ dst.Set(src)
+ } else {
+ dst = src
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return
+}
+
+// Merge will fill any empty for value type attributes on the dst struct using corresponding
+// src attributes if they themselves are not empty. dst and src must be valid same-type structs
+// and dst must be a pointer to struct.
+// It won't merge unexported (private) fields and will do recursively any exported field.
+func Merge(dst, src interface{}, opts ...func(*Config)) error {
+ return merge(dst, src, opts...)
+}
+
+// MergeWithOverwrite will do the same as Merge except that non-empty dst attributes will be overridden by
+// non-empty src attribute values.
+// Deprecated: use Merge(…) with WithOverride
+func MergeWithOverwrite(dst, src interface{}, opts ...func(*Config)) error {
+ return merge(dst, src, append(opts, WithOverride)...)
+}
+
+// WithTransformers adds transformers to merge, allowing to customize the merging of some types.
+func WithTransformers(transformers Transformers) func(*Config) {
+ return func(config *Config) {
+ config.Transformers = transformers
+ }
+}
+
+// WithOverride will make merge override non-empty dst attributes with non-empty src attributes values.
+func WithOverride(config *Config) {
+ config.Overwrite = true
+}
+
+// WithOverwriteWithEmptyValue will make merge override non empty dst attributes with empty src attributes values.
+func WithOverwriteWithEmptyValue(config *Config) {
+ config.Overwrite = true
+ config.overwriteWithEmptyValue = true
+}
+
+// WithOverrideEmptySlice will make merge override empty dst slice with empty src slice.
+func WithOverrideEmptySlice(config *Config) {
+ config.overwriteSliceWithEmptyValue = true
+}
+
+// WithoutDereference prevents dereferencing pointers when evaluating whether they are empty
+// (i.e. a non-nil pointer is never considered empty).
+func WithoutDereference(config *Config) {
+ config.ShouldNotDereference = true
+}
+
+// WithAppendSlice will make merge append slices instead of overwriting it.
+func WithAppendSlice(config *Config) {
+ config.AppendSlice = true
+}
+
+// WithTypeCheck will make merge check types while overwriting it (must be used with WithOverride).
+func WithTypeCheck(config *Config) {
+ config.TypeCheck = true
+}
+
+// WithSliceDeepCopy will merge slice element one by one with Overwrite flag.
+func WithSliceDeepCopy(config *Config) {
+ config.sliceDeepCopy = true
+ config.Overwrite = true
+}
+
+func merge(dst, src interface{}, opts ...func(*Config)) error {
+ if dst != nil && reflect.ValueOf(dst).Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
+ return ErrNonPointerArgument
+ }
+ var (
+ vDst, vSrc reflect.Value
+ err error
+ )
+
+ config := &Config{}
+
+ for _, opt := range opts {
+ opt(config)
+ }
+
+ if vDst, vSrc, err = resolveValues(dst, src); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ if vDst.Type() != vSrc.Type() {
+ return ErrDifferentArgumentsTypes
+ }
+ return deepMerge(vDst, vSrc, make(map[uintptr]*visit), 0, config)
+}
+
+// IsReflectNil is the reflect value provided nil
+func isReflectNil(v reflect.Value) bool {
+ k := v.Kind()
+ switch k {
+ case reflect.Interface, reflect.Slice, reflect.Chan, reflect.Func, reflect.Map, reflect.Ptr:
+ // Both interface and slice are nil if first word is 0.
+ // Both are always bigger than a word; assume flagIndir.
+ return v.IsNil()
+ default:
+ return false
+ }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/imdario/mergo/mergo.go b/vendor/dario.cat/mergo/mergo.go
similarity index 90%
rename from vendor/github.com/imdario/mergo/mergo.go
rename to vendor/dario.cat/mergo/mergo.go
index 9fe362d47..0a721e2d8 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/imdario/mergo/mergo.go
+++ b/vendor/dario.cat/mergo/mergo.go
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ var (
ErrNotSupported = errors.New("only structs, maps, and slices are supported")
ErrExpectedMapAsDestination = errors.New("dst was expected to be a map")
ErrExpectedStructAsDestination = errors.New("dst was expected to be a struct")
- ErrNonPointerAgument = errors.New("dst must be a pointer")
+ ErrNonPointerArgument = errors.New("dst must be a pointer")
)
// During deepMerge, must keep track of checks that are
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ var (
// checks in progress are true when it reencounters them.
// Visited are stored in a map indexed by 17 * a1 + a2;
type visit struct {
- ptr uintptr
typ reflect.Type
next *visit
+ ptr uintptr
}
// From src/pkg/encoding/json/encode.go.
-func isEmptyValue(v reflect.Value) bool {
+func isEmptyValue(v reflect.Value, shouldDereference bool) bool {
switch v.Kind() {
case reflect.Array, reflect.Map, reflect.Slice, reflect.String:
return v.Len() == 0
@@ -50,7 +50,10 @@ func isEmptyValue(v reflect.Value) bool {
if v.IsNil() {
return true
}
- return isEmptyValue(v.Elem())
+ if shouldDereference {
+ return isEmptyValue(v.Elem(), shouldDereference)
+ }
+ return false
case reflect.Func:
return v.IsNil()
case reflect.Invalid:
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/.golangci.yml b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/.golangci.yml
index c87d1c4b9..fbc633259 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/.golangci.yml
+++ b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/.golangci.yml
@@ -5,12 +5,9 @@ linters:
disable-all: true
enable:
- misspell
- - structcheck
- govet
- staticcheck
- - deadcode
- errcheck
- - varcheck
- unparam
- ineffassign
- nakedret
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/CHANGELOG.md
index f12626423..f95a504fe 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/CHANGELOG.md
+++ b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/CHANGELOG.md
@@ -1,5 +1,33 @@
# Changelog
+## 3.3.0 (2024-08-27)
+
+### Added
+
+- #238: Add LessThanEqual and GreaterThanEqual functions (thanks @grosser)
+- #213: nil version equality checking (thanks @KnutZuidema)
+
+### Changed
+
+- #241: Simplify StrictNewVersion parsing (thanks @grosser)
+- Testing support up through Go 1.23
+- Minimum version set to 1.21 as this is what's tested now
+- Fuzz testing now supports caching
+
+## 3.2.1 (2023-04-10)
+
+### Changed
+
+- #198: Improved testing around pre-release names
+- #200: Improved code scanning with addition of CodeQL
+- #201: Testing now includes Go 1.20. Go 1.17 has been dropped
+- #202: Migrated Fuzz testing to Go built-in Fuzzing. CI runs daily
+- #203: Docs updated for security details
+
+### Fixed
+
+- #199: Fixed issue with range transformations
+
## 3.2.0 (2022-11-28)
### Added
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/Makefile b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/Makefile
index eac19178f..9ca87a2c7 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/Makefile
+++ b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/Makefile
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
GOPATH=$(shell go env GOPATH)
GOLANGCI_LINT=$(GOPATH)/bin/golangci-lint
-GOFUZZBUILD = $(GOPATH)/bin/go-fuzz-build
-GOFUZZ = $(GOPATH)/bin/go-fuzz
.PHONY: lint
lint: $(GOLANGCI_LINT)
@@ -19,19 +17,15 @@ test-cover:
GO111MODULE=on go test -cover .
.PHONY: fuzz
-fuzz: $(GOFUZZBUILD) $(GOFUZZ)
- @echo "==> Fuzz testing"
- $(GOFUZZBUILD)
- $(GOFUZZ) -workdir=_fuzz
+fuzz:
+ @echo "==> Running Fuzz Tests"
+ go env GOCACHE
+ go test -fuzz=FuzzNewVersion -fuzztime=15s .
+ go test -fuzz=FuzzStrictNewVersion -fuzztime=15s .
+ go test -fuzz=FuzzNewConstraint -fuzztime=15s .
$(GOLANGCI_LINT):
# Install golangci-lint. The configuration for it is in the .golangci.yml
# file in the root of the repository
echo ${GOPATH}
- curl -sfL https://install.goreleaser.com/github.com/golangci/golangci-lint.sh | sh -s -- -b $(GOPATH)/bin v1.17.1
-
-$(GOFUZZBUILD):
- cd / && go get -u github.com/dvyukov/go-fuzz/go-fuzz-build
-
-$(GOFUZZ):
- cd / && go get -u github.com/dvyukov/go-fuzz/go-fuzz github.com/dvyukov/go-fuzz/go-fuzz-dep
\ No newline at end of file
+ curl -sfL https://install.goreleaser.com/github.com/golangci/golangci-lint.sh | sh -s -- -b $(GOPATH)/bin v1.56.2
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/README.md b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/README.md
index d8f54dcbd..ed5693608 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/README.md
+++ b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/README.md
@@ -13,23 +13,22 @@ Active](https://masterminds.github.io/stability/active.svg)](https://masterminds
[](https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3)
[](https://goreportcard.com/report/github.com/Masterminds/semver)
-If you are looking for a command line tool for version comparisons please see
-[vert](https://github.com/Masterminds/vert) which uses this library.
-
## Package Versions
+Note, import `github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3` to use the latest version.
+
There are three major versions fo the `semver` package.
-* 3.x.x is the new stable and active version. This version is focused on constraint
+* 3.x.x is the stable and active version. This version is focused on constraint
compatibility for range handling in other tools from other languages. It has
a similar API to the v1 releases. The development of this version is on the master
branch. The documentation for this version is below.
* 2.x was developed primarily for [dep](https://github.com/golang/dep). There are
no tagged releases and the development was performed by [@sdboyer](https://github.com/sdboyer).
There are API breaking changes from v1. This version lives on the [2.x branch](https://github.com/Masterminds/semver/tree/2.x).
-* 1.x.x is the most widely used version with numerous tagged releases. This is the
- previous stable and is still maintained for bug fixes. The development, to fix
- bugs, occurs on the release-1 branch. You can read the documentation [here](https://github.com/Masterminds/semver/blob/release-1/README.md).
+* 1.x.x is the original release. It is no longer maintained. You should use the
+ v3 release instead. You can read the documentation for the 1.x.x release
+ [here](https://github.com/Masterminds/semver/blob/release-1/README.md).
## Parsing Semantic Versions
@@ -78,12 +77,12 @@ There are two methods for comparing versions. One uses comparison methods on
differences to notes between these two methods of comparison.
1. When two versions are compared using functions such as `Compare`, `LessThan`,
- and others it will follow the specification and always include prereleases
+ and others it will follow the specification and always include pre-releases
within the comparison. It will provide an answer that is valid with the
comparison section of the spec at https://semver.org/#spec-item-11
2. When constraint checking is used for checks or validation it will follow a
different set of rules that are common for ranges with tools like npm/js
- and Rust/Cargo. This includes considering prereleases to be invalid if the
+ and Rust/Cargo. This includes considering pre-releases to be invalid if the
ranges does not include one. If you want to have it include pre-releases a
simple solution is to include `-0` in your range.
3. Constraint ranges can have some complex rules including the shorthand use of
@@ -111,7 +110,7 @@ v, err := semver.NewVersion("1.3")
if err != nil {
// Handle version not being parsable.
}
-// Check if the version meets the constraints. The a variable will be true.
+// Check if the version meets the constraints. The variable a will be true.
a := c.Check(v)
```
@@ -135,20 +134,20 @@ The basic comparisons are:
### Working With Prerelease Versions
Pre-releases, for those not familiar with them, are used for software releases
-prior to stable or generally available releases. Examples of prereleases include
-development, alpha, beta, and release candidate releases. A prerelease may be
+prior to stable or generally available releases. Examples of pre-releases include
+development, alpha, beta, and release candidate releases. A pre-release may be
a version such as `1.2.3-beta.1` while the stable release would be `1.2.3`. In the
-order of precedence, prereleases come before their associated releases. In this
+order of precedence, pre-releases come before their associated releases. In this
example `1.2.3-beta.1 < 1.2.3`.
-According to the Semantic Version specification prereleases may not be
+According to the Semantic Version specification, pre-releases may not be
API compliant with their release counterpart. It says,
> A pre-release version indicates that the version is unstable and might not satisfy the intended compatibility requirements as denoted by its associated normal version.
-SemVer comparisons using constraints without a prerelease comparator will skip
-prerelease versions. For example, `>=1.2.3` will skip prereleases when looking
-at a list of releases while `>=1.2.3-0` will evaluate and find prereleases.
+SemVer's comparisons using constraints without a pre-release comparator will skip
+pre-release versions. For example, `>=1.2.3` will skip pre-releases when looking
+at a list of releases while `>=1.2.3-0` will evaluate and find pre-releases.
The reason for the `0` as a pre-release version in the example comparison is
because pre-releases can only contain ASCII alphanumerics and hyphens (along with
@@ -169,6 +168,9 @@ These look like:
* `1.2 - 1.4.5` which is equivalent to `>= 1.2 <= 1.4.5`
* `2.3.4 - 4.5` which is equivalent to `>= 2.3.4 <= 4.5`
+Note that `1.2-1.4.5` without whitespace is parsed completely differently; it's
+parsed as a single constraint `1.2.0` with _prerelease_ `1.4.5`.
+
### Wildcards In Comparisons
The `x`, `X`, and `*` characters can be used as a wildcard character. This works
@@ -242,3 +244,15 @@ for _, m := range msgs {
If you find an issue or want to contribute please file an [issue](https://github.com/Masterminds/semver/issues)
or [create a pull request](https://github.com/Masterminds/semver/pulls).
+
+## Security
+
+Security is an important consideration for this project. The project currently
+uses the following tools to help discover security issues:
+
+* [CodeQL](https://github.com/Masterminds/semver)
+* [gosec](https://github.com/securego/gosec)
+* Daily Fuzz testing
+
+If you believe you have found a security vulnerability you can privately disclose
+it through the [GitHub security page](https://github.com/Masterminds/semver/security).
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/SECURITY.md b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/SECURITY.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a30a66b1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/SECURITY.md
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Security Policy
+
+## Supported Versions
+
+The following versions of semver are currently supported:
+
+| Version | Supported |
+| ------- | ------------------ |
+| 3.x | :white_check_mark: |
+| 2.x | :x: |
+| 1.x | :x: |
+
+Fixes are only released for the latest minor version in the form of a patch release.
+
+## Reporting a Vulnerability
+
+You can privately disclose a vulnerability through GitHubs
+[private vulnerability reporting](https://github.com/Masterminds/semver/security/advisories)
+mechanism.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/constraints.go b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/constraints.go
index 203072e46..8461c7ed9 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/constraints.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/constraints.go
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ func rewriteRange(i string) string {
}
o := i
for _, v := range m {
- t := fmt.Sprintf(">= %s, <= %s", v[1], v[11])
+ t := fmt.Sprintf(">= %s, <= %s ", v[1], v[11])
o = strings.Replace(o, v[0], t, 1)
}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/fuzz.go b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/fuzz.go
deleted file mode 100644
index a242ad705..000000000
--- a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/fuzz.go
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-// +build gofuzz
-
-package semver
-
-func Fuzz(data []byte) int {
- d := string(data)
-
- // Test NewVersion
- _, _ = NewVersion(d)
-
- // Test StrictNewVersion
- _, _ = StrictNewVersion(d)
-
- // Test NewConstraint
- _, _ = NewConstraint(d)
-
- // The return value should be 0 normally, 1 if the priority in future tests
- // should be increased, and -1 if future tests should skip passing in that
- // data. We do not have a reason to change priority so 0 is always returned.
- // There are example tests that do this.
- return 0
-}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/version.go b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/version.go
index 7c4bed334..ff499fb66 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/version.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/v3/version.go
@@ -83,22 +83,23 @@ func StrictNewVersion(v string) (*Version, error) {
original: v,
}
- // check for prerelease or build metadata
- var extra []string
- if strings.ContainsAny(parts[2], "-+") {
- // Start with the build metadata first as it needs to be on the right
- extra = strings.SplitN(parts[2], "+", 2)
- if len(extra) > 1 {
- // build metadata found
- sv.metadata = extra[1]
- parts[2] = extra[0]
+ // Extract build metadata
+ if strings.Contains(parts[2], "+") {
+ extra := strings.SplitN(parts[2], "+", 2)
+ sv.metadata = extra[1]
+ parts[2] = extra[0]
+ if err := validateMetadata(sv.metadata); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
}
+ }
- extra = strings.SplitN(parts[2], "-", 2)
- if len(extra) > 1 {
- // prerelease found
- sv.pre = extra[1]
- parts[2] = extra[0]
+ // Extract build prerelease
+ if strings.Contains(parts[2], "-") {
+ extra := strings.SplitN(parts[2], "-", 2)
+ sv.pre = extra[1]
+ parts[2] = extra[0]
+ if err := validatePrerelease(sv.pre); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
}
}
@@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ func StrictNewVersion(v string) (*Version, error) {
}
}
- // Extract the major, minor, and patch elements onto the returned Version
+ // Extract major, minor, and patch
var err error
sv.major, err = strconv.ParseUint(parts[0], 10, 64)
if err != nil {
@@ -131,23 +132,6 @@ func StrictNewVersion(v string) (*Version, error) {
return nil, err
}
- // No prerelease or build metadata found so returning now as a fastpath.
- if sv.pre == "" && sv.metadata == "" {
- return sv, nil
- }
-
- if sv.pre != "" {
- if err = validatePrerelease(sv.pre); err != nil {
- return nil, err
- }
- }
-
- if sv.metadata != "" {
- if err = validateMetadata(sv.metadata); err != nil {
- return nil, err
- }
- }
-
return sv, nil
}
@@ -381,15 +365,31 @@ func (v *Version) LessThan(o *Version) bool {
return v.Compare(o) < 0
}
+// LessThanEqual tests if one version is less or equal than another one.
+func (v *Version) LessThanEqual(o *Version) bool {
+ return v.Compare(o) <= 0
+}
+
// GreaterThan tests if one version is greater than another one.
func (v *Version) GreaterThan(o *Version) bool {
return v.Compare(o) > 0
}
+// GreaterThanEqual tests if one version is greater or equal than another one.
+func (v *Version) GreaterThanEqual(o *Version) bool {
+ return v.Compare(o) >= 0
+}
+
// Equal tests if two versions are equal to each other.
// Note, versions can be equal with different metadata since metadata
// is not considered part of the comparable version.
func (v *Version) Equal(o *Version) bool {
+ if v == o {
+ return true
+ }
+ if v == nil || o == nil {
+ return false
+ }
return v.Compare(o) == 0
}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/CHANGELOG.md
index 2ce45dd4e..b5ef766a7 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/CHANGELOG.md
+++ b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/CHANGELOG.md
@@ -1,5 +1,23 @@
# Changelog
+## Release 3.3.0 (2024-08-29)
+
+### Added
+
+- #400: added sha512sum function (thanks @itzik-elayev)
+
+### Changed
+
+- #407: Removed duplicate documentation (functions were documentated in 2 places)
+- #290: Corrected copy/paster oops in math documentation (thanks @zzhu41)
+- #369: Corrected template reference in docs (thanks @chey)
+- #375: Added link to URL documenation (thanks @carlpett)
+- #406: Updated the mergo dependency which had a breaking change (which was accounted for)
+- #376: Fixed documentation error (thanks @jheyduk)
+- #404: Updated dependency tree
+- #391: Fixed misspelling (thanks @chrishalbert)
+- #405: Updated Go versions used in testing
+
## Release 3.2.3 (2022-11-29)
### Changed
@@ -307,7 +325,7 @@ This release adds new functions, including:
- Added `semver` and `semverCompare` for Semantic Versions
- `list` replaces `tuple`
- Fixed issue with `join`
-- Added `first`, `last`, `intial`, `rest`, `prepend`, `append`, `toString`, `toStrings`, `sortAlpha`, `reverse`, `coalesce`, `pluck`, `pick`, `compact`, `keys`, `omit`, `uniq`, `has`, `without`
+- Added `first`, `last`, `initial`, `rest`, `prepend`, `append`, `toString`, `toStrings`, `sortAlpha`, `reverse`, `coalesce`, `pluck`, `pick`, `compact`, `keys`, `omit`, `uniq`, `has`, `without`
## Release 2.9.0 (2017-02-23)
@@ -361,7 +379,7 @@ Because we switched from `int` to `int64` as the return value for all integer ma
- `min` complements `max` (formerly `biggest`)
- `empty` indicates that a value is the empty value for its type
- `tuple` creates a tuple inside of a template: `{{$t := tuple "a", "b" "c"}}`
-- `dict` creates a dictionary inside of a template `{{$d := dict "key1" "val1" "key2" "val2"}}`
+- `dict` creates a dictionary inside of a template `{{$d := dict "key1" "val1" "key2" "val2"}}`
- Date formatters have been added for HTML dates (as used in `date` input fields)
- Integer math functions can convert from a number of types, including `string` (via `strconv.ParseInt`).
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/crypto.go b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/crypto.go
index 13a5cd559..75fe027e4 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/crypto.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/crypto.go
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ import (
"crypto/rsa"
"crypto/sha1"
"crypto/sha256"
+ "crypto/sha512"
"crypto/x509"
"crypto/x509/pkix"
"encoding/asn1"
@@ -36,6 +37,11 @@ import (
"golang.org/x/crypto/scrypt"
)
+func sha512sum(input string) string {
+ hash := sha512.Sum512([]byte(input))
+ return hex.EncodeToString(hash[:])
+}
+
func sha256sum(input string) string {
hash := sha256.Sum256([]byte(input))
return hex.EncodeToString(hash[:])
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/dict.go b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/dict.go
index ade889698..4315b3542 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/dict.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/dict.go
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
package sprig
import (
- "github.com/imdario/mergo"
+ "dario.cat/mergo"
"github.com/mitchellh/copystructure"
)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/doc.go
index aabb9d448..91031d6d1 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/doc.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/doc.go
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ inside of Go `html/template` and `text/template` files.
To add these functions, use the `template.Funcs()` method:
- t := templates.New("foo").Funcs(sprig.FuncMap())
+ t := template.New("foo").Funcs(sprig.FuncMap())
Note that you should add the function map before you parse any template files.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/functions.go b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/functions.go
index 57fcec1d9..cda47d26f 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/functions.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/Masterminds/sprig/v3/functions.go
@@ -22,8 +22,7 @@ import (
//
// Use this to pass the functions into the template engine:
//
-// tpl := template.New("foo").Funcs(sprig.FuncMap()))
-//
+// tpl := template.New("foo").Funcs(sprig.FuncMap()))
func FuncMap() template.FuncMap {
return HtmlFuncMap()
}
@@ -142,10 +141,13 @@ var genericMap = map[string]interface{}{
"swapcase": util.SwapCase,
"shuffle": xstrings.Shuffle,
"snakecase": xstrings.ToSnakeCase,
- "camelcase": xstrings.ToCamelCase,
- "kebabcase": xstrings.ToKebabCase,
- "wrap": func(l int, s string) string { return util.Wrap(s, l) },
- "wrapWith": func(l int, sep, str string) string { return util.WrapCustom(str, l, sep, true) },
+ // camelcase used to call xstrings.ToCamelCase, but that function had a breaking change in version
+ // 1.5 that moved it from upper camel case to lower camel case. This is a breaking change for sprig.
+ // A new xstrings.ToPascalCase function was added that provided upper camel case.
+ "camelcase": xstrings.ToPascalCase,
+ "kebabcase": xstrings.ToKebabCase,
+ "wrap": func(l int, s string) string { return util.Wrap(s, l) },
+ "wrapWith": func(l int, sep, str string) string { return util.WrapCustom(str, l, sep, true) },
// Switch order so that "foobar" | contains "foo"
"contains": func(substr string, str string) bool { return strings.Contains(str, substr) },
"hasPrefix": func(substr string, str string) bool { return strings.HasPrefix(str, substr) },
@@ -159,6 +161,7 @@ var genericMap = map[string]interface{}{
"plural": plural,
"sha1sum": sha1sum,
"sha256sum": sha256sum,
+ "sha512sum": sha512sum,
"adler32sum": adler32sum,
"toString": strval,
@@ -336,20 +339,20 @@ var genericMap = map[string]interface{}{
"mustChunk": mustChunk,
// Crypto:
- "bcrypt": bcrypt,
- "htpasswd": htpasswd,
- "genPrivateKey": generatePrivateKey,
- "derivePassword": derivePassword,
- "buildCustomCert": buildCustomCertificate,
- "genCA": generateCertificateAuthority,
- "genCAWithKey": generateCertificateAuthorityWithPEMKey,
- "genSelfSignedCert": generateSelfSignedCertificate,
+ "bcrypt": bcrypt,
+ "htpasswd": htpasswd,
+ "genPrivateKey": generatePrivateKey,
+ "derivePassword": derivePassword,
+ "buildCustomCert": buildCustomCertificate,
+ "genCA": generateCertificateAuthority,
+ "genCAWithKey": generateCertificateAuthorityWithPEMKey,
+ "genSelfSignedCert": generateSelfSignedCertificate,
"genSelfSignedCertWithKey": generateSelfSignedCertificateWithPEMKey,
- "genSignedCert": generateSignedCertificate,
- "genSignedCertWithKey": generateSignedCertificateWithPEMKey,
- "encryptAES": encryptAES,
- "decryptAES": decryptAES,
- "randBytes": randBytes,
+ "genSignedCert": generateSignedCertificate,
+ "genSignedCertWithKey": generateSignedCertificateWithPEMKey,
+ "encryptAES": encryptAES,
+ "decryptAES": decryptAES,
+ "randBytes": randBytes,
// UUIDs:
"uuidv4": uuidv4,
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/adrg/xdg/README.md b/vendor/github.com/adrg/xdg/README.md
index 4a452dea1..cf16c5a5e 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/adrg/xdg/README.md
+++ b/vendor/github.com/adrg/xdg/README.md
@@ -41,8 +41,9 @@ Provides an implementation of the [XDG Base Directory Specification](https://spe
The specification defines a set of standard paths for storing application files,
including data and configuration files. For portability and flexibility reasons,
applications should use the XDG defined locations instead of hardcoding paths.
-The package also includes the locations of well known [user directories](https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/XDG_user_directories), as well as
-other common directories such as fonts and applications.
+
+The package also includes the locations of well known [user directories](https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/XDG_user_directories),
+support for the non-standard `XDG_BIN_HOME` directory, as well as other common directories such as fonts and applications.
The current implementation supports **most flavors of Unix**, **Windows**, **macOS** and **Plan 9**.
On Windows, where XDG environment variables are not usually set, the package uses [Known Folders](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/shell/known-folders)
@@ -70,15 +71,16 @@ Sensible fallback locations are used for the folders which are not set.
Unix
|macOS
|Plan 9
| -| :------------------------------------------------------------: | :-----------------------------------------------------------------------: | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------: | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------: | -| XDG_DATA_HOME | ~/.local/share | ~/Library/Application Support | $home/lib | -| XDG_DATA_DIRS | /usr/local/shareUnix
|macOS
|Plan 9
| +| :------------------------------------------------------------: | :-----------------------------------------------------------------------: | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------: | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------: | +| XDG_DATA_HOME | ~/.local/share | ~/Library/Application Support | $home/lib | +| XDG_DATA_DIRS | /usr/local/shareKnown Folder(s)
|Fallback(s)
| -| :-----------------------------------------------------------: | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------: | :-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------: | -| Home | Profile | %USERPROFILE% | -| Applications | ProgramsKnown Folder(s)
|Fallback(s)
| +| :-----------------------------------------------------------: | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------: | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------: | +| Home | Profile | %USERPROFILE% | +| Applications | Programs-// This implementation prints messages to {@link System//err} containing the -// values of {@code line}, {@code charPositionInLine}, and {@code msg} using -// the following format.
-// -//-// line line:charPositionInLine msg -//-func (c *ConsoleErrorListener) SyntaxError(recognizer Recognizer, offendingSymbol interface{}, line, column int, msg string, e RecognitionException) { - fmt.Fprintln(os.Stderr, "line "+strconv.Itoa(line)+":"+strconv.Itoa(column)+" "+msg) -} - -type ProxyErrorListener struct { - *DefaultErrorListener - delegates []ErrorListener -} - -func NewProxyErrorListener(delegates []ErrorListener) *ProxyErrorListener { - if delegates == nil { - panic("delegates is not provided") - } - l := new(ProxyErrorListener) - l.delegates = delegates - return l -} - -func (p *ProxyErrorListener) SyntaxError(recognizer Recognizer, offendingSymbol interface{}, line, column int, msg string, e RecognitionException) { - for _, d := range p.delegates { - d.SyntaxError(recognizer, offendingSymbol, line, column, msg, e) - } -} - -func (p *ProxyErrorListener) ReportAmbiguity(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex int, exact bool, ambigAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet) { - for _, d := range p.delegates { - d.ReportAmbiguity(recognizer, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, exact, ambigAlts, configs) - } -} - -func (p *ProxyErrorListener) ReportAttemptingFullContext(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex int, conflictingAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet) { - for _, d := range p.delegates { - d.ReportAttemptingFullContext(recognizer, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, conflictingAlts, configs) - } -} - -func (p *ProxyErrorListener) ReportContextSensitivity(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex, prediction int, configs ATNConfigSet) { - for _, d := range p.delegates { - d.ReportContextSensitivity(recognizer, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, prediction, configs) - } -} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/error_strategy.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/error_strategy.go deleted file mode 100644 index 5c0a637ba..000000000 --- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/error_strategy.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,734 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. -// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that -// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. - -package antlr - -import ( - "fmt" - "reflect" - "strconv" - "strings" -) - -type ErrorStrategy interface { - reset(Parser) - RecoverInline(Parser) Token - Recover(Parser, RecognitionException) - Sync(Parser) - InErrorRecoveryMode(Parser) bool - ReportError(Parser, RecognitionException) - ReportMatch(Parser) -} - -// This is the default implementation of {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy} used for -// error Reporting and recovery in ANTLR parsers. -type DefaultErrorStrategy struct { - errorRecoveryMode bool - lastErrorIndex int - lastErrorStates *IntervalSet -} - -var _ ErrorStrategy = &DefaultErrorStrategy{} - -func NewDefaultErrorStrategy() *DefaultErrorStrategy { - - d := new(DefaultErrorStrategy) - - // Indicates whether the error strategy is currently "recovering from an - // error". This is used to suppress Reporting multiple error messages while - // attempting to recover from a detected syntax error. - // - // @see //InErrorRecoveryMode - // - d.errorRecoveryMode = false - - // The index into the input stream where the last error occurred. - // This is used to prevent infinite loops where an error is found - // but no token is consumed during recovery...another error is found, - // ad nauseum. This is a failsafe mechanism to guarantee that at least - // one token/tree node is consumed for two errors. - // - d.lastErrorIndex = -1 - d.lastErrorStates = nil - return d -} - -//
The default implementation simply calls {@link //endErrorCondition} to -// ensure that the handler is not in error recovery mode.
-func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) reset(recognizer Parser) { - d.endErrorCondition(recognizer) -} - -// This method is called to enter error recovery mode when a recognition -// exception is Reported. -// -// @param recognizer the parser instance -func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) beginErrorCondition(recognizer Parser) { - d.errorRecoveryMode = true -} - -func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer Parser) bool { - return d.errorRecoveryMode -} - -// This method is called to leave error recovery mode after recovering from -// a recognition exception. -// -// @param recognizer -func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) endErrorCondition(recognizer Parser) { - d.errorRecoveryMode = false - d.lastErrorStates = nil - d.lastErrorIndex = -1 -} - -// {@inheritDoc} -// -//The default implementation simply calls {@link //endErrorCondition}.
-func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportMatch(recognizer Parser) { - d.endErrorCondition(recognizer) -} - -// {@inheritDoc} -// -//The default implementation returns immediately if the handler is already -// in error recovery mode. Otherwise, it calls {@link //beginErrorCondition} -// and dispatches the Reporting task based on the runtime type of {@code e} -// according to the following table.
-// -//The default implementation reSynchronizes the parser by consuming tokens -// until we find one in the reSynchronization set--loosely the set of tokens -// that can follow the current rule.
-func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) Recover(recognizer Parser, e RecognitionException) { - - if d.lastErrorIndex == recognizer.GetInputStream().Index() && - d.lastErrorStates != nil && d.lastErrorStates.contains(recognizer.GetState()) { - // uh oh, another error at same token index and previously-Visited - // state in ATN must be a case where LT(1) is in the recovery - // token set so nothing got consumed. Consume a single token - // at least to prevent an infinite loop d is a failsafe. - recognizer.Consume() - } - d.lastErrorIndex = recognizer.GetInputStream().Index() - if d.lastErrorStates == nil { - d.lastErrorStates = NewIntervalSet() - } - d.lastErrorStates.addOne(recognizer.GetState()) - followSet := d.getErrorRecoverySet(recognizer) - d.consumeUntil(recognizer, followSet) -} - -// The default implementation of {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//Sync} makes sure -// that the current lookahead symbol is consistent with what were expecting -// at d point in the ATN. You can call d anytime but ANTLR only -// generates code to check before subrules/loops and each iteration. -// -//Implements Jim Idle's magic Sync mechanism in closures and optional -// subrules. E.g.,
-// -//
-// a : Sync ( stuff Sync )*
-// Sync : {consume to what can follow Sync}
-//
-//
-// At the start of a sub rule upon error, {@link //Sync} performs single
-// token deletion, if possible. If it can't do that, it bails on the current
-// rule and uses the default error recovery, which consumes until the
-// reSynchronization set of the current rule.
-//
-// If the sub rule is optional ({@code (...)?}, {@code (...)*}, or block -// with an empty alternative), then the expected set includes what follows -// the subrule.
-// -//During loop iteration, it consumes until it sees a token that can start a -// sub rule or what follows loop. Yes, that is pretty aggressive. We opt to -// stay in the loop as long as possible.
-// -//ORIGINS
-// -//Previous versions of ANTLR did a poor job of their recovery within loops. -// A single mismatch token or missing token would force the parser to bail -// out of the entire rules surrounding the loop. So, for rule
-// -//
-// classfunc : 'class' ID '{' member* '}'
-//
-//
-// input with an extra token between members would force the parser to
-// consume until it found the next class definition rather than the next
-// member definition of the current class.
-//
-// This functionality cost a little bit of effort because the parser has to -// compare token set at the start of the loop and at each iteration. If for -// some reason speed is suffering for you, you can turn off d -// functionality by simply overriding d method as a blank { }.
-func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) Sync(recognizer Parser) { - // If already recovering, don't try to Sync - if d.InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer) { - return - } - - s := recognizer.GetInterpreter().atn.states[recognizer.GetState()] - la := recognizer.GetTokenStream().LA(1) - - // try cheaper subset first might get lucky. seems to shave a wee bit off - nextTokens := recognizer.GetATN().NextTokens(s, nil) - if nextTokens.contains(TokenEpsilon) || nextTokens.contains(la) { - return - } - - switch s.GetStateType() { - case ATNStateBlockStart, ATNStateStarBlockStart, ATNStatePlusBlockStart, ATNStateStarLoopEntry: - // Report error and recover if possible - if d.SingleTokenDeletion(recognizer) != nil { - return - } - panic(NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer)) - case ATNStatePlusLoopBack, ATNStateStarLoopBack: - d.ReportUnwantedToken(recognizer) - expecting := NewIntervalSet() - expecting.addSet(recognizer.GetExpectedTokens()) - whatFollowsLoopIterationOrRule := expecting.addSet(d.getErrorRecoverySet(recognizer)) - d.consumeUntil(recognizer, whatFollowsLoopIterationOrRule) - default: - // do nothing if we can't identify the exact kind of ATN state - } -} - -// This is called by {@link //ReportError} when the exception is a -// {@link NoViableAltException}. -// -// @see //ReportError -// -// @param recognizer the parser instance -// @param e the recognition exception -func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportNoViableAlternative(recognizer Parser, e *NoViableAltException) { - tokens := recognizer.GetTokenStream() - var input string - if tokens != nil { - if e.startToken.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF { - input = "This method is called when {@link //singleTokenDeletion} identifies -// single-token deletion as a viable recovery strategy for a mismatched -// input error.
-// -//The default implementation simply returns if the handler is already in -// error recovery mode. Otherwise, it calls {@link //beginErrorCondition} to -// enter error recovery mode, followed by calling -// {@link Parser//NotifyErrorListeners}.
-// -// @param recognizer the parser instance -func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportUnwantedToken(recognizer Parser) { - if d.InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer) { - return - } - d.beginErrorCondition(recognizer) - t := recognizer.GetCurrentToken() - tokenName := d.GetTokenErrorDisplay(t) - expecting := d.GetExpectedTokens(recognizer) - msg := "extraneous input " + tokenName + " expecting " + - expecting.StringVerbose(recognizer.GetLiteralNames(), recognizer.GetSymbolicNames(), false) - recognizer.NotifyErrorListeners(msg, t, nil) -} - -// This method is called to Report a syntax error which requires the -// insertion of a missing token into the input stream. At the time d -// method is called, the missing token has not yet been inserted. When d -// method returns, {@code recognizer} is in error recovery mode. -// -//This method is called when {@link //singleTokenInsertion} identifies -// single-token insertion as a viable recovery strategy for a mismatched -// input error.
-// -//The default implementation simply returns if the handler is already in -// error recovery mode. Otherwise, it calls {@link //beginErrorCondition} to -// enter error recovery mode, followed by calling -// {@link Parser//NotifyErrorListeners}.
-// -// @param recognizer the parser instance -func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportMissingToken(recognizer Parser) { - if d.InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer) { - return - } - d.beginErrorCondition(recognizer) - t := recognizer.GetCurrentToken() - expecting := d.GetExpectedTokens(recognizer) - msg := "missing " + expecting.StringVerbose(recognizer.GetLiteralNames(), recognizer.GetSymbolicNames(), false) + - " at " + d.GetTokenErrorDisplay(t) - recognizer.NotifyErrorListeners(msg, t, nil) -} - -//The default implementation attempts to recover from the mismatched input -// by using single token insertion and deletion as described below. If the -// recovery attempt fails, d method panics an -// {@link InputMisMatchException}.
-// -//EXTRA TOKEN (single token deletion)
-// -//{@code LA(1)} is not what we are looking for. If {@code LA(2)} has the -// right token, however, then assume {@code LA(1)} is some extra spurious -// token and delete it. Then consume and return the next token (which was -// the {@code LA(2)} token) as the successful result of the Match operation.
-// -//This recovery strategy is implemented by {@link -// //singleTokenDeletion}.
-// -//MISSING TOKEN (single token insertion)
-// -//If current token (at {@code LA(1)}) is consistent with what could come -// after the expected {@code LA(1)} token, then assume the token is missing -// and use the parser's {@link TokenFactory} to create it on the fly. The -// "insertion" is performed by returning the created token as the successful -// result of the Match operation.
-// -//This recovery strategy is implemented by {@link -// //singleTokenInsertion}.
-// -//EXAMPLE
-// -//For example, Input {@code i=(3} is clearly missing the {@code ')'}. When -// the parser returns from the nested call to {@code expr}, it will have -// call chain:
-// -//-// stat &rarr expr &rarr atom -//-// -// and it will be trying to Match the {@code ')'} at d point in the -// derivation: -// -//
-// => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ('+' atom)* ”
-// ^
-//
-//
-// The attempt to Match {@code ')'} will fail when it sees {@code ”} and
-// call {@link //recoverInline}. To recover, it sees that {@code LA(1)==”}
-// is in the set of tokens that can follow the {@code ')'} token reference
-// in rule {@code atom}. It can assume that you forgot the {@code ')'}.
-func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) RecoverInline(recognizer Parser) Token {
- // SINGLE TOKEN DELETION
- MatchedSymbol := d.SingleTokenDeletion(recognizer)
- if MatchedSymbol != nil {
- // we have deleted the extra token.
- // now, move past ttype token as if all were ok
- recognizer.Consume()
- return MatchedSymbol
- }
- // SINGLE TOKEN INSERTION
- if d.SingleTokenInsertion(recognizer) {
- return d.GetMissingSymbol(recognizer)
- }
- // even that didn't work must panic the exception
- panic(NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer))
-}
-
-// This method implements the single-token insertion inline error recovery
-// strategy. It is called by {@link //recoverInline} if the single-token
-// deletion strategy fails to recover from the mismatched input. If this
-// method returns {@code true}, {@code recognizer} will be in error recovery
-// mode.
-//
-// This method determines whether or not single-token insertion is viable by -// checking if the {@code LA(1)} input symbol could be successfully Matched -// if it were instead the {@code LA(2)} symbol. If d method returns -// {@code true}, the caller is responsible for creating and inserting a -// token with the correct type to produce d behavior.
-// -// @param recognizer the parser instance -// @return {@code true} if single-token insertion is a viable recovery -// strategy for the current mismatched input, otherwise {@code false} -func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) SingleTokenInsertion(recognizer Parser) bool { - currentSymbolType := recognizer.GetTokenStream().LA(1) - // if current token is consistent with what could come after current - // ATN state, then we know we're missing a token error recovery - // is free to conjure up and insert the missing token - atn := recognizer.GetInterpreter().atn - currentState := atn.states[recognizer.GetState()] - next := currentState.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget() - expectingAtLL2 := atn.NextTokens(next, recognizer.GetParserRuleContext()) - if expectingAtLL2.contains(currentSymbolType) { - d.ReportMissingToken(recognizer) - return true - } - - return false -} - -// This method implements the single-token deletion inline error recovery -// strategy. It is called by {@link //recoverInline} to attempt to recover -// from mismatched input. If this method returns nil, the parser and error -// handler state will not have changed. If this method returns non-nil, -// {@code recognizer} will not be in error recovery mode since the -// returned token was a successful Match. -// -//If the single-token deletion is successful, d method calls -// {@link //ReportUnwantedToken} to Report the error, followed by -// {@link Parser//consume} to actually "delete" the extraneous token. Then, -// before returning {@link //ReportMatch} is called to signal a successful -// Match.
-// -// @param recognizer the parser instance -// @return the successfully Matched {@link Token} instance if single-token -// deletion successfully recovers from the mismatched input, otherwise -// {@code nil} -func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) SingleTokenDeletion(recognizer Parser) Token { - NextTokenType := recognizer.GetTokenStream().LA(2) - expecting := d.GetExpectedTokens(recognizer) - if expecting.contains(NextTokenType) { - d.ReportUnwantedToken(recognizer) - // print("recoverFromMisMatchedToken deleting " \ - // + str(recognizer.GetTokenStream().LT(1)) \ - // + " since " + str(recognizer.GetTokenStream().LT(2)) \ - // + " is what we want", file=sys.stderr) - recognizer.Consume() // simply delete extra token - // we want to return the token we're actually Matching - MatchedSymbol := recognizer.GetCurrentToken() - d.ReportMatch(recognizer) // we know current token is correct - return MatchedSymbol - } - - return nil -} - -// Conjure up a missing token during error recovery. -// -// The recognizer attempts to recover from single missing -// symbols. But, actions might refer to that missing symbol. -// For example, x=ID {f($x)}. The action clearly assumes -// that there has been an identifier Matched previously and that -// $x points at that token. If that token is missing, but -// the next token in the stream is what we want we assume that -// d token is missing and we keep going. Because we -// have to return some token to replace the missing token, -// we have to conjure one up. This method gives the user control -// over the tokens returned for missing tokens. Mostly, -// you will want to create something special for identifier -// tokens. For literals such as '{' and ',', the default -// action in the parser or tree parser works. It simply creates -// a CommonToken of the appropriate type. The text will be the token. -// If you change what tokens must be created by the lexer, -// override d method to create the appropriate tokens. -func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) GetMissingSymbol(recognizer Parser) Token { - currentSymbol := recognizer.GetCurrentToken() - expecting := d.GetExpectedTokens(recognizer) - expectedTokenType := expecting.first() - var tokenText string - - if expectedTokenType == TokenEOF { - tokenText = "-// This error strategy is useful in the following scenarios.
-// -//-// {@code myparser.setErrorHandler(NewBailErrorStrategy())}
-// -// @see Parser//setErrorHandler(ANTLRErrorStrategy) - -type BailErrorStrategy struct { - *DefaultErrorStrategy -} - -var _ ErrorStrategy = &BailErrorStrategy{} - -func NewBailErrorStrategy() *BailErrorStrategy { - - b := new(BailErrorStrategy) - - b.DefaultErrorStrategy = NewDefaultErrorStrategy() - - return b -} - -// Instead of recovering from exception {@code e}, re-panic it wrapped -// in a {@link ParseCancellationException} so it is not caught by the -// rule func catches. Use {@link Exception//getCause()} to get the -// original {@link RecognitionException}. -func (b *BailErrorStrategy) Recover(recognizer Parser, e RecognitionException) { - context := recognizer.GetParserRuleContext() - for context != nil { - context.SetException(e) - if parent, ok := context.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext); ok { - context = parent - } else { - context = nil - } - } - panic(NewParseCancellationException()) // TODO we don't emit e properly -} - -// Make sure we don't attempt to recover inline if the parser -// successfully recovers, it won't panic an exception. -func (b *BailErrorStrategy) RecoverInline(recognizer Parser) Token { - b.Recover(recognizer, NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer)) - - return nil -} - -// Make sure we don't attempt to recover from problems in subrules.// -func (b *BailErrorStrategy) Sync(recognizer Parser) { - // pass -} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/errors.go deleted file mode 100644 index 3954c1378..000000000 --- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/errors.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,238 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. -// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that -// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. - -package antlr - -// The root of the ANTLR exception hierarchy. In general, ANTLR tracks just -// 3 kinds of errors: prediction errors, failed predicate errors, and -// mismatched input errors. In each case, the parser knows where it is -// in the input, where it is in the ATN, the rule invocation stack, -// and what kind of problem occurred. - -type RecognitionException interface { - GetOffendingToken() Token - GetMessage() string - GetInputStream() IntStream -} - -type BaseRecognitionException struct { - message string - recognizer Recognizer - offendingToken Token - offendingState int - ctx RuleContext - input IntStream -} - -func NewBaseRecognitionException(message string, recognizer Recognizer, input IntStream, ctx RuleContext) *BaseRecognitionException { - - // todo - // Error.call(this) - // - // if (!!Error.captureStackTrace) { - // Error.captureStackTrace(this, RecognitionException) - // } else { - // stack := NewError().stack - // } - // TODO may be able to use - "runtime" func Stack(buf []byte, all bool) int - - t := new(BaseRecognitionException) - - t.message = message - t.recognizer = recognizer - t.input = input - t.ctx = ctx - // The current {@link Token} when an error occurred. Since not all streams - // support accessing symbols by index, we have to track the {@link Token} - // instance itself. - t.offendingToken = nil - // Get the ATN state number the parser was in at the time the error - // occurred. For {@link NoViableAltException} and - // {@link LexerNoViableAltException} exceptions, this is the - // {@link DecisionState} number. For others, it is the state whose outgoing - // edge we couldn't Match. - t.offendingState = -1 - if t.recognizer != nil { - t.offendingState = t.recognizer.GetState() - } - - return t -} - -func (b *BaseRecognitionException) GetMessage() string { - return b.message -} - -func (b *BaseRecognitionException) GetOffendingToken() Token { - return b.offendingToken -} - -func (b *BaseRecognitionException) GetInputStream() IntStream { - return b.input -} - -//If the state number is not known, b method returns -1.
- -// Gets the set of input symbols which could potentially follow the -// previously Matched symbol at the time b exception was panicn. -// -//If the set of expected tokens is not known and could not be computed, -// b method returns {@code nil}.
-// -// @return The set of token types that could potentially follow the current -// state in the ATN, or {@code nil} if the information is not available. -// / -func (b *BaseRecognitionException) getExpectedTokens() *IntervalSet { - if b.recognizer != nil { - return b.recognizer.GetATN().getExpectedTokens(b.offendingState, b.ctx) - } - - return nil -} - -func (b *BaseRecognitionException) String() string { - return b.message -} - -type LexerNoViableAltException struct { - *BaseRecognitionException - - startIndex int - deadEndConfigs ATNConfigSet -} - -func NewLexerNoViableAltException(lexer Lexer, input CharStream, startIndex int, deadEndConfigs ATNConfigSet) *LexerNoViableAltException { - - l := new(LexerNoViableAltException) - - l.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException("", lexer, input, nil) - - l.startIndex = startIndex - l.deadEndConfigs = deadEndConfigs - - return l -} - -func (l *LexerNoViableAltException) String() string { - symbol := "" - if l.startIndex >= 0 && l.startIndex < l.input.Size() { - symbol = l.input.(CharStream).GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(l.startIndex, l.startIndex)) - } - return "LexerNoViableAltException" + symbol -} - -type NoViableAltException struct { - *BaseRecognitionException - - startToken Token - offendingToken Token - ctx ParserRuleContext - deadEndConfigs ATNConfigSet -} - -// Indicates that the parser could not decide which of two or more paths -// to take based upon the remaining input. It tracks the starting token -// of the offending input and also knows where the parser was -// in the various paths when the error. Reported by ReportNoViableAlternative() -func NewNoViableAltException(recognizer Parser, input TokenStream, startToken Token, offendingToken Token, deadEndConfigs ATNConfigSet, ctx ParserRuleContext) *NoViableAltException { - - if ctx == nil { - ctx = recognizer.GetParserRuleContext() - } - - if offendingToken == nil { - offendingToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken() - } - - if startToken == nil { - startToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken() - } - - if input == nil { - input = recognizer.GetInputStream().(TokenStream) - } - - n := new(NoViableAltException) - n.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException("", recognizer, input, ctx) - - // Which configurations did we try at input.Index() that couldn't Match - // input.LT(1)?// - n.deadEndConfigs = deadEndConfigs - // The token object at the start index the input stream might - // not be buffering tokens so get a reference to it. (At the - // time the error occurred, of course the stream needs to keep a - // buffer all of the tokens but later we might not have access to those.) - n.startToken = startToken - n.offendingToken = offendingToken - - return n -} - -type InputMisMatchException struct { - *BaseRecognitionException -} - -// This signifies any kind of mismatched input exceptions such as -// when the current input does not Match the expected token. -func NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer Parser) *InputMisMatchException { - - i := new(InputMisMatchException) - i.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException("", recognizer, recognizer.GetInputStream(), recognizer.GetParserRuleContext()) - - i.offendingToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken() - - return i - -} - -// A semantic predicate failed during validation. Validation of predicates -// occurs when normally parsing the alternative just like Matching a token. -// Disambiguating predicate evaluation occurs when we test a predicate during -// prediction. - -type FailedPredicateException struct { - *BaseRecognitionException - - ruleIndex int - predicateIndex int - predicate string -} - -func NewFailedPredicateException(recognizer Parser, predicate string, message string) *FailedPredicateException { - - f := new(FailedPredicateException) - - f.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException(f.formatMessage(predicate, message), recognizer, recognizer.GetInputStream(), recognizer.GetParserRuleContext()) - - s := recognizer.GetInterpreter().atn.states[recognizer.GetState()] - trans := s.GetTransitions()[0] - if trans2, ok := trans.(*PredicateTransition); ok { - f.ruleIndex = trans2.ruleIndex - f.predicateIndex = trans2.predIndex - } else { - f.ruleIndex = 0 - f.predicateIndex = 0 - } - f.predicate = predicate - f.offendingToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken() - - return f -} - -func (f *FailedPredicateException) formatMessage(predicate, message string) string { - if message != "" { - return message - } - - return "failed predicate: {" + predicate + "}?" -} - -type ParseCancellationException struct { -} - -func NewParseCancellationException() *ParseCancellationException { - // Error.call(this) - // Error.captureStackTrace(this, ParseCancellationException) - return new(ParseCancellationException) -} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/file_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/file_stream.go deleted file mode 100644 index bd6ad5efe..000000000 --- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/file_stream.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. -// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that -// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. - -package antlr - -import ( - "bytes" - "io" - "os" -) - -// This is an InputStream that is loaded from a file all at once -// when you construct the object. - -type FileStream struct { - *InputStream - - filename string -} - -func NewFileStream(fileName string) (*FileStream, error) { - - buf := bytes.NewBuffer(nil) - - f, err := os.Open(fileName) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - defer f.Close() - _, err = io.Copy(buf, f) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - - fs := new(FileStream) - - fs.filename = fileName - s := string(buf.Bytes()) - - fs.InputStream = NewInputStream(s) - - return fs, nil - -} - -func (f *FileStream) GetSourceName() string { - return f.filename -} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/input_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/input_stream.go deleted file mode 100644 index a8b889ced..000000000 --- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/input_stream.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. -// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that -// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. - -package antlr - -type InputStream struct { - name string - index int - data []rune - size int -} - -func NewInputStream(data string) *InputStream { - - is := new(InputStream) - - is.name = "The executor tracks position information for position-dependent lexer actions -// efficiently, ensuring that actions appearing only at the end of the rule do -// not cause bloating of the {@link DFA} created for the lexer.
- -type LexerActionExecutor struct { - lexerActions []LexerAction - cachedHash int -} - -func NewLexerActionExecutor(lexerActions []LexerAction) *LexerActionExecutor { - - if lexerActions == nil { - lexerActions = make([]LexerAction, 0) - } - - l := new(LexerActionExecutor) - - l.lexerActions = lexerActions - - // Caches the result of {@link //hashCode} since the hash code is an element - // of the performance-critical {@link LexerATNConfig//hashCode} operation. - l.cachedHash = murmurInit(57) - for _, a := range lexerActions { - l.cachedHash = murmurUpdate(l.cachedHash, a.Hash()) - } - - return l -} - -// Creates a {@link LexerActionExecutor} which executes the actions for -// the input {@code lexerActionExecutor} followed by a specified -// {@code lexerAction}. -// -// @param lexerActionExecutor The executor for actions already traversed by -// the lexer while Matching a token within a particular -// {@link LexerATNConfig}. If this is {@code nil}, the method behaves as -// though it were an empty executor. -// @param lexerAction The lexer action to execute after the actions -// specified in {@code lexerActionExecutor}. -// -// @return A {@link LexerActionExecutor} for executing the combine actions -// of {@code lexerActionExecutor} and {@code lexerAction}. -func LexerActionExecutorappend(lexerActionExecutor *LexerActionExecutor, lexerAction LexerAction) *LexerActionExecutor { - if lexerActionExecutor == nil { - return NewLexerActionExecutor([]LexerAction{lexerAction}) - } - - return NewLexerActionExecutor(append(lexerActionExecutor.lexerActions, lexerAction)) -} - -// Creates a {@link LexerActionExecutor} which encodes the current offset -// for position-dependent lexer actions. -// -//Normally, when the executor encounters lexer actions where -// {@link LexerAction//isPositionDependent} returns {@code true}, it calls -// {@link IntStream//seek} on the input {@link CharStream} to set the input -// position to the end of the current token. This behavior provides -// for efficient DFA representation of lexer actions which appear at the end -// of a lexer rule, even when the lexer rule Matches a variable number of -// characters.
-// -//Prior to traversing a Match transition in the ATN, the current offset -// from the token start index is assigned to all position-dependent lexer -// actions which have not already been assigned a fixed offset. By storing -// the offsets relative to the token start index, the DFA representation of -// lexer actions which appear in the middle of tokens remains efficient due -// to sharing among tokens of the same length, regardless of their absolute -// position in the input stream.
-// -//If the current executor already has offsets assigned to all -// position-dependent lexer actions, the method returns {@code this}.
-// -// @param offset The current offset to assign to all position-dependent -// lexer actions which do not already have offsets assigned. -// -// @return A {@link LexerActionExecutor} which stores input stream offsets -// for all position-dependent lexer actions. -// / -func (l *LexerActionExecutor) fixOffsetBeforeMatch(offset int) *LexerActionExecutor { - var updatedLexerActions []LexerAction - for i := 0; i < len(l.lexerActions); i++ { - _, ok := l.lexerActions[i].(*LexerIndexedCustomAction) - if l.lexerActions[i].getIsPositionDependent() && !ok { - if updatedLexerActions == nil { - updatedLexerActions = make([]LexerAction, 0) - - for _, a := range l.lexerActions { - updatedLexerActions = append(updatedLexerActions, a) - } - } - - updatedLexerActions[i] = NewLexerIndexedCustomAction(offset, l.lexerActions[i]) - } - } - if updatedLexerActions == nil { - return l - } - - return NewLexerActionExecutor(updatedLexerActions) -} - -// Execute the actions encapsulated by l executor within the context of a -// particular {@link Lexer}. -// -//This method calls {@link IntStream//seek} to set the position of the -// {@code input} {@link CharStream} prior to calling -// {@link LexerAction//execute} on a position-dependent action. Before the -// method returns, the input position will be restored to the same position -// it was in when the method was invoked.
-// -// @param lexer The lexer instance. -// @param input The input stream which is the source for the current token. -// When l method is called, the current {@link IntStream//index} for -// {@code input} should be the start of the following token, i.e. 1 -// character past the end of the current token. -// @param startIndex The token start index. This value may be passed to -// {@link IntStream//seek} to set the {@code input} position to the beginning -// of the token. -// / -func (l *LexerActionExecutor) execute(lexer Lexer, input CharStream, startIndex int) { - requiresSeek := false - stopIndex := input.Index() - - defer func() { - if requiresSeek { - input.Seek(stopIndex) - } - }() - - for i := 0; i < len(l.lexerActions); i++ { - lexerAction := l.lexerActions[i] - if la, ok := lexerAction.(*LexerIndexedCustomAction); ok { - offset := la.offset - input.Seek(startIndex + offset) - lexerAction = la.lexerAction - requiresSeek = (startIndex + offset) != stopIndex - } else if lexerAction.getIsPositionDependent() { - input.Seek(stopIndex) - requiresSeek = false - } - lexerAction.execute(lexer) - } -} - -func (l *LexerActionExecutor) Hash() int { - if l == nil { - // TODO: Why is this here? l should not be nil - return 61 - } - - // TODO: This is created from the action itself when the struct is created - will this be an issue at some point? Java uses the runtime assign hashcode - return l.cachedHash -} - -func (l *LexerActionExecutor) Equals(other interface{}) bool { - if l == other { - return true - } - othert, ok := other.(*LexerActionExecutor) - if !ok { - return false - } - if othert == nil { - return false - } - if l.cachedHash != othert.cachedHash { - return false - } - if len(l.lexerActions) != len(othert.lexerActions) { - return false - } - return slices.EqualFunc(l.lexerActions, othert.lexerActions, func(i, j LexerAction) bool { - return i.Equals(j) - }) -} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/ll1_analyzer.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/ll1_analyzer.go deleted file mode 100644 index 76689615a..000000000 --- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/ll1_analyzer.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. -// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that -// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. - -package antlr - -type LL1Analyzer struct { - atn *ATN -} - -func NewLL1Analyzer(atn *ATN) *LL1Analyzer { - la := new(LL1Analyzer) - la.atn = atn - return la -} - -// - Special value added to the lookahead sets to indicate that we hit -// a predicate during analysis if {@code seeThruPreds==false}. -// -// / -const ( - LL1AnalyzerHitPred = TokenInvalidType -) - -// * -// Calculates the SLL(1) expected lookahead set for each outgoing transition -// of an {@link ATNState}. The returned array has one element for each -// outgoing transition in {@code s}. If the closure from transition -// i leads to a semantic predicate before Matching a symbol, the -// element at index i of the result will be {@code nil}. -// -// @param s the ATN state -// @return the expected symbols for each outgoing transition of {@code s}. -func (la *LL1Analyzer) getDecisionLookahead(s ATNState) []*IntervalSet { - if s == nil { - return nil - } - count := len(s.GetTransitions()) - look := make([]*IntervalSet, count) - for alt := 0; alt < count; alt++ { - look[alt] = NewIntervalSet() - lookBusy := NewJStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst) - seeThruPreds := false // fail to get lookahead upon pred - la.look1(s.GetTransitions()[alt].getTarget(), nil, BasePredictionContextEMPTY, look[alt], lookBusy, NewBitSet(), seeThruPreds, false) - // Wipe out lookahead for la alternative if we found nothing - // or we had a predicate when we !seeThruPreds - if look[alt].length() == 0 || look[alt].contains(LL1AnalyzerHitPred) { - look[alt] = nil - } - } - return look -} - -// * -// Compute set of tokens that can follow {@code s} in the ATN in the -// specified {@code ctx}. -// -//If {@code ctx} is {@code nil} and the end of the rule containing -// {@code s} is reached, {@link Token//EPSILON} is added to the result set. -// If {@code ctx} is not {@code nil} and the end of the outermost rule is -// reached, {@link Token//EOF} is added to the result set.
-// -// @param s the ATN state -// @param stopState the ATN state to stop at. This can be a -// {@link BlockEndState} to detect epsilon paths through a closure. -// @param ctx the complete parser context, or {@code nil} if the context -// should be ignored -// -// @return The set of tokens that can follow {@code s} in the ATN in the -// specified {@code ctx}. -// / -func (la *LL1Analyzer) Look(s, stopState ATNState, ctx RuleContext) *IntervalSet { - r := NewIntervalSet() - seeThruPreds := true // ignore preds get all lookahead - var lookContext PredictionContext - if ctx != nil { - lookContext = predictionContextFromRuleContext(s.GetATN(), ctx) - } - la.look1(s, stopState, lookContext, r, NewJStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst), NewBitSet(), seeThruPreds, true) - return r -} - -//* -// Compute set of tokens that can follow {@code s} in the ATN in the -// specified {@code ctx}. -// -//If {@code ctx} is {@code nil} and {@code stopState} or the end of the -// rule containing {@code s} is reached, {@link Token//EPSILON} is added to -// the result set. If {@code ctx} is not {@code nil} and {@code addEOF} is -// {@code true} and {@code stopState} or the end of the outermost rule is -// reached, {@link Token//EOF} is added to the result set.
-// -// @param s the ATN state. -// @param stopState the ATN state to stop at. This can be a -// {@link BlockEndState} to detect epsilon paths through a closure. -// @param ctx The outer context, or {@code nil} if the outer context should -// not be used. -// @param look The result lookahead set. -// @param lookBusy A set used for preventing epsilon closures in the ATN -// from causing a stack overflow. Outside code should pass -// {@code NewSetIf the symbol type does not Match, -// {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//recoverInline} is called on the current error -// strategy to attempt recovery. If {@link //getBuildParseTree} is -// {@code true} and the token index of the symbol returned by -// {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//recoverInline} is -1, the symbol is added to -// the parse tree by calling {@link ParserRuleContext//addErrorNode}.
-// -// @param ttype the token type to Match -// @return the Matched symbol -// @panics RecognitionException if the current input symbol did not Match -// {@code ttype} and the error strategy could not recover from the -// mismatched symbol - -func (p *BaseParser) Match(ttype int) Token { - - t := p.GetCurrentToken() - - if t.GetTokenType() == ttype { - p.errHandler.ReportMatch(p) - p.Consume() - } else { - t = p.errHandler.RecoverInline(p) - if p.BuildParseTrees && t.GetTokenIndex() == -1 { - // we must have conjured up a Newtoken during single token - // insertion - // if it's not the current symbol - p.ctx.AddErrorNode(t) - } - } - - return t -} - -// Match current input symbol as a wildcard. If the symbol type Matches -// (i.e. has a value greater than 0), {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//ReportMatch} -// and {@link //consume} are called to complete the Match process. -// -//If the symbol type does not Match, -// {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//recoverInline} is called on the current error -// strategy to attempt recovery. If {@link //getBuildParseTree} is -// {@code true} and the token index of the symbol returned by -// {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//recoverInline} is -1, the symbol is added to -// the parse tree by calling {@link ParserRuleContext//addErrorNode}.
-// -// @return the Matched symbol -// @panics RecognitionException if the current input symbol did not Match -// a wildcard and the error strategy could not recover from the mismatched -// symbol - -func (p *BaseParser) MatchWildcard() Token { - t := p.GetCurrentToken() - if t.GetTokenType() > 0 { - p.errHandler.ReportMatch(p) - p.Consume() - } else { - t = p.errHandler.RecoverInline(p) - if p.BuildParseTrees && t.GetTokenIndex() == -1 { - // we must have conjured up a Newtoken during single token - // insertion - // if it's not the current symbol - p.ctx.AddErrorNode(t) - } - } - return t -} - -func (p *BaseParser) GetParserRuleContext() ParserRuleContext { - return p.ctx -} - -func (p *BaseParser) SetParserRuleContext(v ParserRuleContext) { - p.ctx = v -} - -func (p *BaseParser) GetParseListeners() []ParseTreeListener { - if p.parseListeners == nil { - return make([]ParseTreeListener, 0) - } - return p.parseListeners -} - -// Registers {@code listener} to receive events during the parsing process. -// -//To support output-preserving grammar transformations (including but not -// limited to left-recursion removal, automated left-factoring, and -// optimized code generation), calls to listener methods during the parse -// may differ substantially from calls made by -// {@link ParseTreeWalker//DEFAULT} used after the parse is complete. In -// particular, rule entry and exit events may occur in a different order -// during the parse than after the parser. In addition, calls to certain -// rule entry methods may be omitted.
-// -//With the following specific exceptions, calls to listener events are -// deterministic, i.e. for identical input the calls to listener -// methods will be the same.
-// -//If {@code listener} is {@code nil} or has not been added as a parse -// listener, p.method does nothing.
-// @param listener the listener to remove -func (p *BaseParser) RemoveParseListener(listener ParseTreeListener) { - - if p.parseListeners != nil { - - idx := -1 - for i, v := range p.parseListeners { - if v == listener { - idx = i - break - } - } - - if idx == -1 { - return - } - - // remove the listener from the slice - p.parseListeners = append(p.parseListeners[0:idx], p.parseListeners[idx+1:]...) - - if len(p.parseListeners) == 0 { - p.parseListeners = nil - } - } -} - -// Remove all parse listeners. -func (p *BaseParser) removeParseListeners() { - p.parseListeners = nil -} - -// Notify any parse listeners of an enter rule event. -func (p *BaseParser) TriggerEnterRuleEvent() { - if p.parseListeners != nil { - ctx := p.ctx - for _, listener := range p.parseListeners { - listener.EnterEveryRule(ctx) - ctx.EnterRule(listener) - } - } -} - -// Notify any parse listeners of an exit rule event. -// -// @see //addParseListener -func (p *BaseParser) TriggerExitRuleEvent() { - if p.parseListeners != nil { - // reverse order walk of listeners - ctx := p.ctx - l := len(p.parseListeners) - 1 - - for i := range p.parseListeners { - listener := p.parseListeners[l-i] - ctx.ExitRule(listener) - listener.ExitEveryRule(ctx) - } - } -} - -func (p *BaseParser) GetInterpreter() *ParserATNSimulator { - return p.Interpreter -} - -func (p *BaseParser) GetATN() *ATN { - return p.Interpreter.atn -} - -func (p *BaseParser) GetTokenFactory() TokenFactory { - return p.input.GetTokenSource().GetTokenFactory() -} - -// Tell our token source and error strategy about a Newway to create tokens.// -func (p *BaseParser) setTokenFactory(factory TokenFactory) { - p.input.GetTokenSource().setTokenFactory(factory) -} - -// The ATN with bypass alternatives is expensive to create so we create it -// lazily. -// -// @panics UnsupportedOperationException if the current parser does not -// implement the {@link //getSerializedATN()} method. -func (p *BaseParser) GetATNWithBypassAlts() { - - // TODO - panic("Not implemented!") - - // serializedAtn := p.getSerializedATN() - // if (serializedAtn == nil) { - // panic("The current parser does not support an ATN with bypass alternatives.") - // } - // result := p.bypassAltsAtnCache[serializedAtn] - // if (result == nil) { - // deserializationOptions := NewATNDeserializationOptions(nil) - // deserializationOptions.generateRuleBypassTransitions = true - // result = NewATNDeserializer(deserializationOptions).deserialize(serializedAtn) - // p.bypassAltsAtnCache[serializedAtn] = result - // } - // return result -} - -// The preferred method of getting a tree pattern. For example, here's a -// sample use: -// -//
-// ParseTree t = parser.expr()
-// ParseTreePattern p = parser.compileParseTreePattern("<ID>+0",
-// MyParser.RULE_expr)
-// ParseTreeMatch m = p.Match(t)
-// String id = m.Get("ID")
-//
-
-func (p *BaseParser) compileParseTreePattern(pattern, patternRuleIndex, lexer Lexer) {
-
- panic("NewParseTreePatternMatcher not implemented!")
- //
- // if (lexer == nil) {
- // if (p.GetTokenStream() != nil) {
- // tokenSource := p.GetTokenStream().GetTokenSource()
- // if _, ok := tokenSource.(ILexer); ok {
- // lexer = tokenSource
- // }
- // }
- // }
- // if (lexer == nil) {
- // panic("Parser can't discover a lexer to use")
- // }
-
- // m := NewParseTreePatternMatcher(lexer, p)
- // return m.compile(pattern, patternRuleIndex)
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) GetInputStream() IntStream {
- return p.GetTokenStream()
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) SetInputStream(input TokenStream) {
- p.SetTokenStream(input)
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) GetTokenStream() TokenStream {
- return p.input
-}
-
-// Set the token stream and reset the parser.//
-func (p *BaseParser) SetTokenStream(input TokenStream) {
- p.input = nil
- p.reset()
- p.input = input
-}
-
-// Match needs to return the current input symbol, which gets put
-// into the label for the associated token ref e.g., x=ID.
-func (p *BaseParser) GetCurrentToken() Token {
- return p.input.LT(1)
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) NotifyErrorListeners(msg string, offendingToken Token, err RecognitionException) {
- if offendingToken == nil {
- offendingToken = p.GetCurrentToken()
- }
- p._SyntaxErrors++
- line := offendingToken.GetLine()
- column := offendingToken.GetColumn()
- listener := p.GetErrorListenerDispatch()
- listener.SyntaxError(p, offendingToken, line, column, msg, err)
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) Consume() Token {
- o := p.GetCurrentToken()
- if o.GetTokenType() != TokenEOF {
- p.GetInputStream().Consume()
- }
- hasListener := p.parseListeners != nil && len(p.parseListeners) > 0
- if p.BuildParseTrees || hasListener {
- if p.errHandler.InErrorRecoveryMode(p) {
- node := p.ctx.AddErrorNode(o)
- if p.parseListeners != nil {
- for _, l := range p.parseListeners {
- l.VisitErrorNode(node)
- }
- }
-
- } else {
- node := p.ctx.AddTokenNode(o)
- if p.parseListeners != nil {
- for _, l := range p.parseListeners {
- l.VisitTerminal(node)
- }
- }
- }
- // node.invokingState = p.state
- }
-
- return o
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) addContextToParseTree() {
- // add current context to parent if we have a parent
- if p.ctx.GetParent() != nil {
- p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext).AddChild(p.ctx)
- }
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) EnterRule(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, ruleIndex int) {
- p.SetState(state)
- p.ctx = localctx
- p.ctx.SetStart(p.input.LT(1))
- if p.BuildParseTrees {
- p.addContextToParseTree()
- }
- if p.parseListeners != nil {
- p.TriggerEnterRuleEvent()
- }
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) ExitRule() {
- p.ctx.SetStop(p.input.LT(-1))
- // trigger event on ctx, before it reverts to parent
- if p.parseListeners != nil {
- p.TriggerExitRuleEvent()
- }
- p.SetState(p.ctx.GetInvokingState())
- if p.ctx.GetParent() != nil {
- p.ctx = p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext)
- } else {
- p.ctx = nil
- }
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) EnterOuterAlt(localctx ParserRuleContext, altNum int) {
- localctx.SetAltNumber(altNum)
- // if we have Newlocalctx, make sure we replace existing ctx
- // that is previous child of parse tree
- if p.BuildParseTrees && p.ctx != localctx {
- if p.ctx.GetParent() != nil {
- p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext).RemoveLastChild()
- p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext).AddChild(localctx)
- }
- }
- p.ctx = localctx
-}
-
-// Get the precedence level for the top-most precedence rule.
-//
-// @return The precedence level for the top-most precedence rule, or -1 if
-// the parser context is not nested within a precedence rule.
-
-func (p *BaseParser) GetPrecedence() int {
- if len(p.precedenceStack) == 0 {
- return -1
- }
-
- return p.precedenceStack[len(p.precedenceStack)-1]
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) EnterRecursionRule(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, ruleIndex, precedence int) {
- p.SetState(state)
- p.precedenceStack.Push(precedence)
- p.ctx = localctx
- p.ctx.SetStart(p.input.LT(1))
- if p.parseListeners != nil {
- p.TriggerEnterRuleEvent() // simulates rule entry for
- // left-recursive rules
- }
-}
-
-//
-// Like {@link //EnterRule} but for recursive rules.
-
-func (p *BaseParser) PushNewRecursionContext(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, ruleIndex int) {
- previous := p.ctx
- previous.SetParent(localctx)
- previous.SetInvokingState(state)
- previous.SetStop(p.input.LT(-1))
-
- p.ctx = localctx
- p.ctx.SetStart(previous.GetStart())
- if p.BuildParseTrees {
- p.ctx.AddChild(previous)
- }
- if p.parseListeners != nil {
- p.TriggerEnterRuleEvent() // simulates rule entry for
- // left-recursive rules
- }
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) UnrollRecursionContexts(parentCtx ParserRuleContext) {
- p.precedenceStack.Pop()
- p.ctx.SetStop(p.input.LT(-1))
- retCtx := p.ctx // save current ctx (return value)
- // unroll so ctx is as it was before call to recursive method
- if p.parseListeners != nil {
- for p.ctx != parentCtx {
- p.TriggerExitRuleEvent()
- p.ctx = p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext)
- }
- } else {
- p.ctx = parentCtx
- }
- // hook into tree
- retCtx.SetParent(parentCtx)
- if p.BuildParseTrees && parentCtx != nil {
- // add return ctx into invoking rule's tree
- parentCtx.AddChild(retCtx)
- }
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) GetInvokingContext(ruleIndex int) ParserRuleContext {
- ctx := p.ctx
- for ctx != nil {
- if ctx.GetRuleIndex() == ruleIndex {
- return ctx
- }
- ctx = ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext)
- }
- return nil
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) Precpred(localctx RuleContext, precedence int) bool {
- return precedence >= p.precedenceStack[len(p.precedenceStack)-1]
-}
-
-func (p *BaseParser) inContext(context ParserRuleContext) bool {
- // TODO: useful in parser?
- return false
-}
-
-//
-// Checks whether or not {@code symbol} can follow the current state in the
-// ATN. The behavior of p.method is equivalent to the following, but is
-// implemented such that the complete context-sensitive follow set does not
-// need to be explicitly constructed.
-//
-// -// return getExpectedTokens().contains(symbol) -//-// -// @param symbol the symbol type to check -// @return {@code true} if {@code symbol} can follow the current state in -// the ATN, otherwise {@code false}. - -func (p *BaseParser) IsExpectedToken(symbol int) bool { - atn := p.Interpreter.atn - ctx := p.ctx - s := atn.states[p.state] - following := atn.NextTokens(s, nil) - if following.contains(symbol) { - return true - } - if !following.contains(TokenEpsilon) { - return false - } - for ctx != nil && ctx.GetInvokingState() >= 0 && following.contains(TokenEpsilon) { - invokingState := atn.states[ctx.GetInvokingState()] - rt := invokingState.GetTransitions()[0] - following = atn.NextTokens(rt.(*RuleTransition).followState, nil) - if following.contains(symbol) { - return true - } - ctx = ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext) - } - if following.contains(TokenEpsilon) && symbol == TokenEOF { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// Computes the set of input symbols which could follow the current parser -// state and context, as given by {@link //GetState} and {@link //GetContext}, -// respectively. -// -// @see ATN//getExpectedTokens(int, RuleContext) -func (p *BaseParser) GetExpectedTokens() *IntervalSet { - return p.Interpreter.atn.getExpectedTokens(p.state, p.ctx) -} - -func (p *BaseParser) GetExpectedTokensWithinCurrentRule() *IntervalSet { - atn := p.Interpreter.atn - s := atn.states[p.state] - return atn.NextTokens(s, nil) -} - -// Get a rule's index (i.e., {@code RULE_ruleName} field) or -1 if not found.// -func (p *BaseParser) GetRuleIndex(ruleName string) int { - var ruleIndex, ok = p.GetRuleIndexMap()[ruleName] - if ok { - return ruleIndex - } - - return -1 -} - -// Return List<String> of the rule names in your parser instance -// leading up to a call to the current rule. You could override if -// you want more details such as the file/line info of where -// in the ATN a rule is invoked. -// -// this very useful for error messages. - -func (p *BaseParser) GetRuleInvocationStack(c ParserRuleContext) []string { - if c == nil { - c = p.ctx - } - stack := make([]string, 0) - for c != nil { - // compute what follows who invoked us - ruleIndex := c.GetRuleIndex() - if ruleIndex < 0 { - stack = append(stack, "n/a") - } else { - stack = append(stack, p.GetRuleNames()[ruleIndex]) - } - - vp := c.GetParent() - - if vp == nil { - break - } - - c = vp.(ParserRuleContext) - } - return stack -} - -// For debugging and other purposes.// -func (p *BaseParser) GetDFAStrings() string { - return fmt.Sprint(p.Interpreter.decisionToDFA) -} - -// For debugging and other purposes.// -func (p *BaseParser) DumpDFA() { - seenOne := false - for _, dfa := range p.Interpreter.decisionToDFA { - if dfa.states.Len() > 0 { - if seenOne { - fmt.Println() - } - fmt.Println("Decision " + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + ":") - fmt.Print(dfa.String(p.LiteralNames, p.SymbolicNames)) - seenOne = true - } - } -} - -func (p *BaseParser) GetSourceName() string { - return p.GrammarFileName -} - -// During a parse is sometimes useful to listen in on the rule entry and exit -// events as well as token Matches. p.is for quick and dirty debugging. -func (p *BaseParser) SetTrace(trace *TraceListener) { - if trace == nil { - p.RemoveParseListener(p.tracer) - p.tracer = nil - } else { - if p.tracer != nil { - p.RemoveParseListener(p.tracer) - } - p.tracer = NewTraceListener(p) - p.AddParseListener(p.tracer) - } -} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_atn_simulator.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_atn_simulator.go deleted file mode 100644 index 8bcc46a0d..000000000 --- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_atn_simulator.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1559 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. -// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that -// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. - -package antlr - -import ( - "fmt" - "strconv" - "strings" -) - -var ( - ParserATNSimulatorDebug = false - ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim = false - ParserATNSimulatorDFADebug = false - ParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug = false - TurnOffLRLoopEntryBranchOpt = false -) - -type ParserATNSimulator struct { - *BaseATNSimulator - - parser Parser - predictionMode int - input TokenStream - startIndex int - dfa *DFA - mergeCache *DoubleDict - outerContext ParserRuleContext -} - -func NewParserATNSimulator(parser Parser, atn *ATN, decisionToDFA []*DFA, sharedContextCache *PredictionContextCache) *ParserATNSimulator { - - p := new(ParserATNSimulator) - - p.BaseATNSimulator = NewBaseATNSimulator(atn, sharedContextCache) - - p.parser = parser - p.decisionToDFA = decisionToDFA - // SLL, LL, or LL + exact ambig detection?// - p.predictionMode = PredictionModeLL - // LAME globals to avoid parameters!!!!! I need these down deep in predTransition - p.input = nil - p.startIndex = 0 - p.outerContext = nil - p.dfa = nil - // Each prediction operation uses a cache for merge of prediction contexts. - // Don't keep around as it wastes huge amounts of memory. DoubleKeyMap - // isn't Synchronized but we're ok since two threads shouldn't reuse same - // parser/atnsim object because it can only handle one input at a time. - // This maps graphs a and b to merged result c. (a,b)&rarrc. We can avoid - // the merge if we ever see a and b again. Note that (b,a)&rarrc should - // also be examined during cache lookup. - // - p.mergeCache = nil - - return p -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) GetPredictionMode() int { - return p.predictionMode -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) SetPredictionMode(v int) { - p.predictionMode = v -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) reset() { -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) AdaptivePredict(input TokenStream, decision int, outerContext ParserRuleContext) int { - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { - fmt.Println("adaptivePredict decision " + strconv.Itoa(decision) + - " exec LA(1)==" + p.getLookaheadName(input) + - " line " + strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetLine()) + ":" + - strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetColumn())) - } - - p.input = input - p.startIndex = input.Index() - p.outerContext = outerContext - - dfa := p.decisionToDFA[decision] - p.dfa = dfa - m := input.Mark() - index := input.Index() - - defer func() { - p.dfa = nil - p.mergeCache = nil // wack cache after each prediction - input.Seek(index) - input.Release(m) - }() - - // Now we are certain to have a specific decision's DFA - // But, do we still need an initial state? - var s0 *DFAState - p.atn.stateMu.RLock() - if dfa.getPrecedenceDfa() { - p.atn.edgeMu.RLock() - // the start state for a precedence DFA depends on the current - // parser precedence, and is provided by a DFA method. - s0 = dfa.getPrecedenceStartState(p.parser.GetPrecedence()) - p.atn.edgeMu.RUnlock() - } else { - // the start state for a "regular" DFA is just s0 - s0 = dfa.getS0() - } - p.atn.stateMu.RUnlock() - - if s0 == nil { - if outerContext == nil { - outerContext = ParserRuleContextEmpty - } - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("predictATN decision " + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + - " exec LA(1)==" + p.getLookaheadName(input) + - ", outerContext=" + outerContext.String(p.parser.GetRuleNames(), nil)) - } - fullCtx := false - s0Closure := p.computeStartState(dfa.atnStartState, ParserRuleContextEmpty, fullCtx) - - p.atn.stateMu.Lock() - if dfa.getPrecedenceDfa() { - // If p is a precedence DFA, we use applyPrecedenceFilter - // to convert the computed start state to a precedence start - // state. We then use DFA.setPrecedenceStartState to set the - // appropriate start state for the precedence level rather - // than simply setting DFA.s0. - // - dfa.s0.configs = s0Closure - s0Closure = p.applyPrecedenceFilter(s0Closure) - s0 = p.addDFAState(dfa, NewDFAState(-1, s0Closure)) - p.atn.edgeMu.Lock() - dfa.setPrecedenceStartState(p.parser.GetPrecedence(), s0) - p.atn.edgeMu.Unlock() - } else { - s0 = p.addDFAState(dfa, NewDFAState(-1, s0Closure)) - dfa.setS0(s0) - } - p.atn.stateMu.Unlock() - } - - alt := p.execATN(dfa, s0, input, index, outerContext) - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("DFA after predictATN: " + dfa.String(p.parser.GetLiteralNames(), nil)) - } - return alt - -} - -// Performs ATN simulation to compute a predicted alternative based -// upon the remaining input, but also updates the DFA cache to avoid -// having to traverse the ATN again for the same input sequence. - -// There are some key conditions we're looking for after computing a new -// set of ATN configs (proposed DFA state): -// if the set is empty, there is no viable alternative for current symbol -// does the state uniquely predict an alternative? -// does the state have a conflict that would prevent us from -// putting it on the work list? - -// We also have some key operations to do: -// add an edge from previous DFA state to potentially NewDFA state, D, -// upon current symbol but only if adding to work list, which means in all -// cases except no viable alternative (and possibly non-greedy decisions?) -// collecting predicates and adding semantic context to DFA accept states -// adding rule context to context-sensitive DFA accept states -// consuming an input symbol -// Reporting a conflict -// Reporting an ambiguity -// Reporting a context sensitivity -// Reporting insufficient predicates - -// cover these cases: -// -// dead end -// single alt -// single alt + preds -// conflict -// conflict + preds -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) execATN(dfa *DFA, s0 *DFAState, input TokenStream, startIndex int, outerContext ParserRuleContext) int { - - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { - fmt.Println("execATN decision " + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + - ", DFA state " + s0.String() + - ", LA(1)==" + p.getLookaheadName(input) + - " line " + strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetLine()) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetColumn())) - } - - previousD := s0 - - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("s0 = " + s0.String()) - } - t := input.LA(1) - for { // for more work - D := p.getExistingTargetState(previousD, t) - if D == nil { - D = p.computeTargetState(dfa, previousD, t) - } - if D == ATNSimulatorError { - // if any configs in previous dipped into outer context, that - // means that input up to t actually finished entry rule - // at least for SLL decision. Full LL doesn't dip into outer - // so don't need special case. - // We will get an error no matter what so delay until after - // decision better error message. Also, no reachable target - // ATN states in SLL implies LL will also get nowhere. - // If conflict in states that dip out, choose min since we - // will get error no matter what. - e := p.noViableAlt(input, outerContext, previousD.configs, startIndex) - input.Seek(startIndex) - alt := p.getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(previousD.configs, outerContext) - if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { - return alt - } - - panic(e) - } - if D.requiresFullContext && p.predictionMode != PredictionModeSLL { - // IF PREDS, MIGHT RESOLVE TO SINGLE ALT => SLL (or syntax error) - conflictingAlts := D.configs.GetConflictingAlts() - if D.predicates != nil { - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("DFA state has preds in DFA sim LL failover") - } - conflictIndex := input.Index() - if conflictIndex != startIndex { - input.Seek(startIndex) - } - conflictingAlts = p.evalSemanticContext(D.predicates, outerContext, true) - if conflictingAlts.length() == 1 { - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("Full LL avoided") - } - return conflictingAlts.minValue() - } - if conflictIndex != startIndex { - // restore the index so Reporting the fallback to full - // context occurs with the index at the correct spot - input.Seek(conflictIndex) - } - } - if ParserATNSimulatorDFADebug { - fmt.Println("ctx sensitive state " + outerContext.String(nil, nil) + " in " + D.String()) - } - fullCtx := true - s0Closure := p.computeStartState(dfa.atnStartState, outerContext, fullCtx) - p.ReportAttemptingFullContext(dfa, conflictingAlts, D.configs, startIndex, input.Index()) - alt := p.execATNWithFullContext(dfa, D, s0Closure, input, startIndex, outerContext) - return alt - } - if D.isAcceptState { - if D.predicates == nil { - return D.prediction - } - stopIndex := input.Index() - input.Seek(startIndex) - alts := p.evalSemanticContext(D.predicates, outerContext, true) - - switch alts.length() { - case 0: - panic(p.noViableAlt(input, outerContext, D.configs, startIndex)) - case 1: - return alts.minValue() - default: - // Report ambiguity after predicate evaluation to make sure the correct set of ambig alts is Reported. - p.ReportAmbiguity(dfa, D, startIndex, stopIndex, false, alts, D.configs) - return alts.minValue() - } - } - previousD = D - - if t != TokenEOF { - input.Consume() - t = input.LA(1) - } - } -} - -// Get an existing target state for an edge in the DFA. If the target state -// for the edge has not yet been computed or is otherwise not available, -// p method returns {@code nil}. -// -// @param previousD The current DFA state -// @param t The next input symbol -// @return The existing target DFA state for the given input symbol -// {@code t}, or {@code nil} if the target state for p edge is not -// already cached - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getExistingTargetState(previousD *DFAState, t int) *DFAState { - if t+1 < 0 { - return nil - } - - p.atn.edgeMu.RLock() - defer p.atn.edgeMu.RUnlock() - edges := previousD.getEdges() - if edges == nil || t+1 >= len(edges) { - return nil - } - return previousD.getIthEdge(t + 1) -} - -// Compute a target state for an edge in the DFA, and attempt to add the -// computed state and corresponding edge to the DFA. -// -// @param dfa The DFA -// @param previousD The current DFA state -// @param t The next input symbol -// -// @return The computed target DFA state for the given input symbol -// {@code t}. If {@code t} does not lead to a valid DFA state, p method -// returns {@link //ERROR}. - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) computeTargetState(dfa *DFA, previousD *DFAState, t int) *DFAState { - reach := p.computeReachSet(previousD.configs, t, false) - - if reach == nil { - p.addDFAEdge(dfa, previousD, t, ATNSimulatorError) - return ATNSimulatorError - } - // create Newtarget state we'll add to DFA after it's complete - D := NewDFAState(-1, reach) - - predictedAlt := p.getUniqueAlt(reach) - - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - altSubSets := PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(reach) - fmt.Println("SLL altSubSets=" + fmt.Sprint(altSubSets) + - ", previous=" + previousD.configs.String() + - ", configs=" + reach.String() + - ", predict=" + strconv.Itoa(predictedAlt) + - ", allSubsetsConflict=" + - fmt.Sprint(PredictionModeallSubsetsConflict(altSubSets)) + - ", conflictingAlts=" + p.getConflictingAlts(reach).String()) - } - if predictedAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { - // NO CONFLICT, UNIQUELY PREDICTED ALT - D.isAcceptState = true - D.configs.SetUniqueAlt(predictedAlt) - D.setPrediction(predictedAlt) - } else if PredictionModehasSLLConflictTerminatingPrediction(p.predictionMode, reach) { - // MORE THAN ONE VIABLE ALTERNATIVE - D.configs.SetConflictingAlts(p.getConflictingAlts(reach)) - D.requiresFullContext = true - // in SLL-only mode, we will stop at p state and return the minimum alt - D.isAcceptState = true - D.setPrediction(D.configs.GetConflictingAlts().minValue()) - } - if D.isAcceptState && D.configs.HasSemanticContext() { - p.predicateDFAState(D, p.atn.getDecisionState(dfa.decision)) - if D.predicates != nil { - D.setPrediction(ATNInvalidAltNumber) - } - } - // all adds to dfa are done after we've created full D state - D = p.addDFAEdge(dfa, previousD, t, D) - return D -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) predicateDFAState(dfaState *DFAState, decisionState DecisionState) { - // We need to test all predicates, even in DFA states that - // uniquely predict alternative. - nalts := len(decisionState.GetTransitions()) - // Update DFA so reach becomes accept state with (predicate,alt) - // pairs if preds found for conflicting alts - altsToCollectPredsFrom := p.getConflictingAltsOrUniqueAlt(dfaState.configs) - altToPred := p.getPredsForAmbigAlts(altsToCollectPredsFrom, dfaState.configs, nalts) - if altToPred != nil { - dfaState.predicates = p.getPredicatePredictions(altsToCollectPredsFrom, altToPred) - dfaState.setPrediction(ATNInvalidAltNumber) // make sure we use preds - } else { - // There are preds in configs but they might go away - // when OR'd together like {p}? || NONE == NONE. If neither - // alt has preds, resolve to min alt - dfaState.setPrediction(altsToCollectPredsFrom.minValue()) - } -} - -// comes back with reach.uniqueAlt set to a valid alt -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) execATNWithFullContext(dfa *DFA, D *DFAState, s0 ATNConfigSet, input TokenStream, startIndex int, outerContext ParserRuleContext) int { - - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { - fmt.Println("execATNWithFullContext " + s0.String()) - } - - fullCtx := true - foundExactAmbig := false - var reach ATNConfigSet - previous := s0 - input.Seek(startIndex) - t := input.LA(1) - predictedAlt := -1 - - for { // for more work - reach = p.computeReachSet(previous, t, fullCtx) - if reach == nil { - // if any configs in previous dipped into outer context, that - // means that input up to t actually finished entry rule - // at least for LL decision. Full LL doesn't dip into outer - // so don't need special case. - // We will get an error no matter what so delay until after - // decision better error message. Also, no reachable target - // ATN states in SLL implies LL will also get nowhere. - // If conflict in states that dip out, choose min since we - // will get error no matter what. - e := p.noViableAlt(input, outerContext, previous, startIndex) - input.Seek(startIndex) - alt := p.getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(previous, outerContext) - if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { - return alt - } - - panic(e) - } - altSubSets := PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(reach) - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("LL altSubSets=" + fmt.Sprint(altSubSets) + ", predict=" + - strconv.Itoa(PredictionModegetUniqueAlt(altSubSets)) + ", resolvesToJustOneViableAlt=" + - fmt.Sprint(PredictionModeresolvesToJustOneViableAlt(altSubSets))) - } - reach.SetUniqueAlt(p.getUniqueAlt(reach)) - // unique prediction? - if reach.GetUniqueAlt() != ATNInvalidAltNumber { - predictedAlt = reach.GetUniqueAlt() - break - } - if p.predictionMode != PredictionModeLLExactAmbigDetection { - predictedAlt = PredictionModeresolvesToJustOneViableAlt(altSubSets) - if predictedAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { - break - } - } else { - // In exact ambiguity mode, we never try to terminate early. - // Just keeps scarfing until we know what the conflict is - if PredictionModeallSubsetsConflict(altSubSets) && PredictionModeallSubsetsEqual(altSubSets) { - foundExactAmbig = true - predictedAlt = PredictionModegetSingleViableAlt(altSubSets) - break - } - // else there are multiple non-conflicting subsets or - // we're not sure what the ambiguity is yet. - // So, keep going. - } - previous = reach - if t != TokenEOF { - input.Consume() - t = input.LA(1) - } - } - // If the configuration set uniquely predicts an alternative, - // without conflict, then we know that it's a full LL decision - // not SLL. - if reach.GetUniqueAlt() != ATNInvalidAltNumber { - p.ReportContextSensitivity(dfa, predictedAlt, reach, startIndex, input.Index()) - return predictedAlt - } - // We do not check predicates here because we have checked them - // on-the-fly when doing full context prediction. - - // - // In non-exact ambiguity detection mode, we might actually be able to - // detect an exact ambiguity, but I'm not going to spend the cycles - // needed to check. We only emit ambiguity warnings in exact ambiguity - // mode. - // - // For example, we might know that we have conflicting configurations. - // But, that does not mean that there is no way forward without a - // conflict. It's possible to have nonconflicting alt subsets as in: - - // altSubSets=[{1, 2}, {1, 2}, {1}, {1, 2}] - - // from - // - // [(17,1,[5 $]), (13,1,[5 10 $]), (21,1,[5 10 $]), (11,1,[$]), - // (13,2,[5 10 $]), (21,2,[5 10 $]), (11,2,[$])] - // - // In p case, (17,1,[5 $]) indicates there is some next sequence that - // would resolve p without conflict to alternative 1. Any other viable - // next sequence, however, is associated with a conflict. We stop - // looking for input because no amount of further lookahead will alter - // the fact that we should predict alternative 1. We just can't say for - // sure that there is an ambiguity without looking further. - - p.ReportAmbiguity(dfa, D, startIndex, input.Index(), foundExactAmbig, reach.Alts(), reach) - - return predictedAlt -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) computeReachSet(closure ATNConfigSet, t int, fullCtx bool) ATNConfigSet { - if p.mergeCache == nil { - p.mergeCache = NewDoubleDict() - } - intermediate := NewBaseATNConfigSet(fullCtx) - - // Configurations already in a rule stop state indicate reaching the end - // of the decision rule (local context) or end of the start rule (full - // context). Once reached, these configurations are never updated by a - // closure operation, so they are handled separately for the performance - // advantage of having a smaller intermediate set when calling closure. - // - // For full-context reach operations, separate handling is required to - // ensure that the alternative Matching the longest overall sequence is - // chosen when multiple such configurations can Match the input. - - var skippedStopStates []*BaseATNConfig - - // First figure out where we can reach on input t - for _, c := range closure.GetItems() { - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("testing " + p.GetTokenName(t) + " at " + c.String()) - } - - if _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok { - if fullCtx || t == TokenEOF { - skippedStopStates = append(skippedStopStates, c.(*BaseATNConfig)) - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("added " + c.String() + " to SkippedStopStates") - } - } - continue - } - - for _, trans := range c.GetState().GetTransitions() { - target := p.getReachableTarget(trans, t) - if target != nil { - cfg := NewBaseATNConfig4(c, target) - intermediate.Add(cfg, p.mergeCache) - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("added " + cfg.String() + " to intermediate") - } - } - } - } - - // Now figure out where the reach operation can take us... - var reach ATNConfigSet - - // This block optimizes the reach operation for intermediate sets which - // trivially indicate a termination state for the overall - // AdaptivePredict operation. - // - // The conditions assume that intermediate - // contains all configurations relevant to the reach set, but p - // condition is not true when one or more configurations have been - // withheld in SkippedStopStates, or when the current symbol is EOF. - // - if skippedStopStates == nil && t != TokenEOF { - if len(intermediate.configs) == 1 { - // Don't pursue the closure if there is just one state. - // It can only have one alternative just add to result - // Also don't pursue the closure if there is unique alternative - // among the configurations. - reach = intermediate - } else if p.getUniqueAlt(intermediate) != ATNInvalidAltNumber { - // Also don't pursue the closure if there is unique alternative - // among the configurations. - reach = intermediate - } - } - // If the reach set could not be trivially determined, perform a closure - // operation on the intermediate set to compute its initial value. - // - if reach == nil { - reach = NewBaseATNConfigSet(fullCtx) - closureBusy := NewJStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst) - treatEOFAsEpsilon := t == TokenEOF - amount := len(intermediate.configs) - for k := 0; k < amount; k++ { - p.closure(intermediate.configs[k], reach, closureBusy, false, fullCtx, treatEOFAsEpsilon) - } - } - if t == TokenEOF { - // After consuming EOF no additional input is possible, so we are - // only interested in configurations which reached the end of the - // decision rule (local context) or end of the start rule (full - // context). Update reach to contain only these configurations. This - // handles both explicit EOF transitions in the grammar and implicit - // EOF transitions following the end of the decision or start rule. - // - // When reach==intermediate, no closure operation was performed. In - // p case, removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState needs to check for - // reachable rule stop states as well as configurations already in - // a rule stop state. - // - // This is handled before the configurations in SkippedStopStates, - // because any configurations potentially added from that list are - // already guaranteed to meet p condition whether or not it's - // required. - // - reach = p.removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState(reach, reach == intermediate) - } - // If SkippedStopStates!=nil, then it contains at least one - // configuration. For full-context reach operations, these - // configurations reached the end of the start rule, in which case we - // only add them back to reach if no configuration during the current - // closure operation reached such a state. This ensures AdaptivePredict - // chooses an alternative Matching the longest overall sequence when - // multiple alternatives are viable. - // - if skippedStopStates != nil && ((!fullCtx) || (!PredictionModehasConfigInRuleStopState(reach))) { - for l := 0; l < len(skippedStopStates); l++ { - reach.Add(skippedStopStates[l], p.mergeCache) - } - } - - if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { - fmt.Println("computeReachSet " + closure.String() + " -> " + reach.String()) - } - - if len(reach.GetItems()) == 0 { - return nil - } - - return reach -} - -// Return a configuration set containing only the configurations from -// {@code configs} which are in a {@link RuleStopState}. If all -// configurations in {@code configs} are already in a rule stop state, p -// method simply returns {@code configs}. -// -//
When {@code lookToEndOfRule} is true, p method uses -// {@link ATN//NextTokens} for each configuration in {@code configs} which is -// not already in a rule stop state to see if a rule stop state is reachable -// from the configuration via epsilon-only transitions.
-// -// @param configs the configuration set to update -// @param lookToEndOfRule when true, p method checks for rule stop states -// reachable by epsilon-only transitions from each configuration in -// {@code configs}. -// -// @return {@code configs} if all configurations in {@code configs} are in a -// rule stop state, otherwise return a Newconfiguration set containing only -// the configurations from {@code configs} which are in a rule stop state -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState(configs ATNConfigSet, lookToEndOfRule bool) ATNConfigSet { - if PredictionModeallConfigsInRuleStopStates(configs) { - return configs - } - result := NewBaseATNConfigSet(configs.FullContext()) - for _, config := range configs.GetItems() { - if _, ok := config.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok { - result.Add(config, p.mergeCache) - continue - } - if lookToEndOfRule && config.GetState().GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() { - NextTokens := p.atn.NextTokens(config.GetState(), nil) - if NextTokens.contains(TokenEpsilon) { - endOfRuleState := p.atn.ruleToStopState[config.GetState().GetRuleIndex()] - result.Add(NewBaseATNConfig4(config, endOfRuleState), p.mergeCache) - } - } - } - return result -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) computeStartState(a ATNState, ctx RuleContext, fullCtx bool) ATNConfigSet { - // always at least the implicit call to start rule - initialContext := predictionContextFromRuleContext(p.atn, ctx) - configs := NewBaseATNConfigSet(fullCtx) - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { - fmt.Println("computeStartState from ATN state " + a.String() + - " initialContext=" + initialContext.String()) - } - - for i := 0; i < len(a.GetTransitions()); i++ { - target := a.GetTransitions()[i].getTarget() - c := NewBaseATNConfig6(target, i+1, initialContext) - closureBusy := NewJStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]](atnConfCompInst) - p.closure(c, configs, closureBusy, true, fullCtx, false) - } - return configs -} - -// This method transforms the start state computed by -// {@link //computeStartState} to the special start state used by a -// precedence DFA for a particular precedence value. The transformation -// process applies the following changes to the start state's configuration -// set. -// -//-// The prediction context must be considered by p filter to address -// situations like the following. -//
-//
-//
-// grammar TA
-// prog: statement* EOF
-// statement: letterA | statement letterA 'b'
-// letterA: 'a'
-//
-//
-// -// If the above grammar, the ATN state immediately before the token -// reference {@code 'a'} in {@code letterA} is reachable from the left edge -// of both the primary and closure blocks of the left-recursive rule -// {@code statement}. The prediction context associated with each of these -// configurations distinguishes between them, and prevents the alternative -// which stepped out to {@code prog} (and then back in to {@code statement} -// from being eliminated by the filter. -//
-// -// @param configs The configuration set computed by -// {@link //computeStartState} as the start state for the DFA. -// @return The transformed configuration set representing the start state -// for a precedence DFA at a particular precedence level (determined by -// calling {@link Parser//getPrecedence}). -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) applyPrecedenceFilter(configs ATNConfigSet) ATNConfigSet { - - statesFromAlt1 := make(map[int]PredictionContext) - configSet := NewBaseATNConfigSet(configs.FullContext()) - - for _, config := range configs.GetItems() { - // handle alt 1 first - if config.GetAlt() != 1 { - continue - } - updatedContext := config.GetSemanticContext().evalPrecedence(p.parser, p.outerContext) - if updatedContext == nil { - // the configuration was eliminated - continue - } - statesFromAlt1[config.GetState().GetStateNumber()] = config.GetContext() - if updatedContext != config.GetSemanticContext() { - configSet.Add(NewBaseATNConfig2(config, updatedContext), p.mergeCache) - } else { - configSet.Add(config, p.mergeCache) - } - } - for _, config := range configs.GetItems() { - - if config.GetAlt() == 1 { - // already handled - continue - } - // In the future, p elimination step could be updated to also - // filter the prediction context for alternatives predicting alt>1 - // (basically a graph subtraction algorithm). - if !config.getPrecedenceFilterSuppressed() { - context := statesFromAlt1[config.GetState().GetStateNumber()] - if context != nil && context.Equals(config.GetContext()) { - // eliminated - continue - } - } - configSet.Add(config, p.mergeCache) - } - return configSet -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getReachableTarget(trans Transition, ttype int) ATNState { - if trans.Matches(ttype, 0, p.atn.maxTokenType) { - return trans.getTarget() - } - - return nil -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getPredsForAmbigAlts(ambigAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet, nalts int) []SemanticContext { - - altToPred := make([]SemanticContext, nalts+1) - for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { - if ambigAlts.contains(c.GetAlt()) { - altToPred[c.GetAlt()] = SemanticContextorContext(altToPred[c.GetAlt()], c.GetSemanticContext()) - } - } - nPredAlts := 0 - for i := 1; i <= nalts; i++ { - pred := altToPred[i] - if pred == nil { - altToPred[i] = SemanticContextNone - } else if pred != SemanticContextNone { - nPredAlts++ - } - } - // nonambig alts are nil in altToPred - if nPredAlts == 0 { - altToPred = nil - } - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("getPredsForAmbigAlts result " + fmt.Sprint(altToPred)) - } - return altToPred -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getPredicatePredictions(ambigAlts *BitSet, altToPred []SemanticContext) []*PredPrediction { - pairs := make([]*PredPrediction, 0) - containsPredicate := false - for i := 1; i < len(altToPred); i++ { - pred := altToPred[i] - // unpredicated is indicated by SemanticContextNONE - if ambigAlts != nil && ambigAlts.contains(i) { - pairs = append(pairs, NewPredPrediction(pred, i)) - } - if pred != SemanticContextNone { - containsPredicate = true - } - } - if !containsPredicate { - return nil - } - return pairs -} - -// This method is used to improve the localization of error messages by -// choosing an alternative rather than panicing a -// {@link NoViableAltException} in particular prediction scenarios where the -// {@link //ERROR} state was reached during ATN simulation. -// -//-// The default implementation of p method uses the following -// algorithm to identify an ATN configuration which successfully parsed the -// decision entry rule. Choosing such an alternative ensures that the -// {@link ParserRuleContext} returned by the calling rule will be complete -// and valid, and the syntax error will be Reported later at a more -// localized location.
-// -//-// In some scenarios, the algorithm described above could predict an -// alternative which will result in a {@link FailedPredicateException} in -// the parser. Specifically, p could occur if the only configuration -// capable of successfully parsing to the end of the decision rule is -// blocked by a semantic predicate. By choosing p alternative within -// {@link //AdaptivePredict} instead of panicing a -// {@link NoViableAltException}, the resulting -// {@link FailedPredicateException} in the parser will identify the specific -// predicate which is preventing the parser from successfully parsing the -// decision rule, which helps developers identify and correct logic errors -// in semantic predicates. -//
-// -// @param configs The ATN configurations which were valid immediately before -// the {@link //ERROR} state was reached -// @param outerContext The is the \gamma_0 initial parser context from the paper -// or the parser stack at the instant before prediction commences. -// -// @return The value to return from {@link //AdaptivePredict}, or -// {@link ATN//INVALID_ALT_NUMBER} if a suitable alternative was not -// identified and {@link //AdaptivePredict} should Report an error instead. -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(configs ATNConfigSet, outerContext ParserRuleContext) int { - cfgs := p.splitAccordingToSemanticValidity(configs, outerContext) - semValidConfigs := cfgs[0] - semInvalidConfigs := cfgs[1] - alt := p.GetAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(semValidConfigs) - if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { // semantically/syntactically viable path exists - return alt - } - // Is there a syntactically valid path with a failed pred? - if len(semInvalidConfigs.GetItems()) > 0 { - alt = p.GetAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(semInvalidConfigs) - if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { // syntactically viable path exists - return alt - } - } - return ATNInvalidAltNumber -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) GetAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(configs ATNConfigSet) int { - alts := NewIntervalSet() - - for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { - _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState) - - if c.GetReachesIntoOuterContext() > 0 || (ok && c.GetContext().hasEmptyPath()) { - alts.addOne(c.GetAlt()) - } - } - if alts.length() == 0 { - return ATNInvalidAltNumber - } - - return alts.first() -} - -// Walk the list of configurations and split them according to -// those that have preds evaluating to true/false. If no pred, assume -// true pred and include in succeeded set. Returns Pair of sets. -// -// Create a NewSet so as not to alter the incoming parameter. -// -// Assumption: the input stream has been restored to the starting point -// prediction, which is where predicates need to evaluate. - -type ATNConfigSetPair struct { - item0, item1 ATNConfigSet -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) splitAccordingToSemanticValidity(configs ATNConfigSet, outerContext ParserRuleContext) []ATNConfigSet { - succeeded := NewBaseATNConfigSet(configs.FullContext()) - failed := NewBaseATNConfigSet(configs.FullContext()) - - for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { - if c.GetSemanticContext() != SemanticContextNone { - predicateEvaluationResult := c.GetSemanticContext().evaluate(p.parser, outerContext) - if predicateEvaluationResult { - succeeded.Add(c, nil) - } else { - failed.Add(c, nil) - } - } else { - succeeded.Add(c, nil) - } - } - return []ATNConfigSet{succeeded, failed} -} - -// Look through a list of predicate/alt pairs, returning alts for the -// -// pairs that win. A {@code NONE} predicate indicates an alt containing an -// unpredicated config which behaves as "always true." If !complete -// then we stop at the first predicate that evaluates to true. This -// includes pairs with nil predicates. -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) evalSemanticContext(predPredictions []*PredPrediction, outerContext ParserRuleContext, complete bool) *BitSet { - predictions := NewBitSet() - for i := 0; i < len(predPredictions); i++ { - pair := predPredictions[i] - if pair.pred == SemanticContextNone { - predictions.add(pair.alt) - if !complete { - break - } - continue - } - - predicateEvaluationResult := pair.pred.evaluate(p.parser, outerContext) - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorDFADebug { - fmt.Println("eval pred " + pair.String() + "=" + fmt.Sprint(predicateEvaluationResult)) - } - if predicateEvaluationResult { - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorDFADebug { - fmt.Println("PREDICT " + fmt.Sprint(pair.alt)) - } - predictions.add(pair.alt) - if !complete { - break - } - } - } - return predictions -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closure(config ATNConfig, configs ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *JStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]], collectPredicates, fullCtx, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) { - initialDepth := 0 - p.closureCheckingStopState(config, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, - fullCtx, initialDepth, treatEOFAsEpsilon) -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closureCheckingStopState(config ATNConfig, configs ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *JStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]], collectPredicates, fullCtx bool, depth int, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) { - if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { - fmt.Println("closure(" + config.String() + ")") - //fmt.Println("configs(" + configs.String() + ")") - if config.GetReachesIntoOuterContext() > 50 { - panic("problem") - } - } - - if _, ok := config.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok { - // We hit rule end. If we have context info, use it - // run thru all possible stack tops in ctx - if !config.GetContext().isEmpty() { - for i := 0; i < config.GetContext().length(); i++ { - if config.GetContext().getReturnState(i) == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState { - if fullCtx { - configs.Add(NewBaseATNConfig1(config, config.GetState(), BasePredictionContextEMPTY), p.mergeCache) - continue - } else { - // we have no context info, just chase follow links (if greedy) - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("FALLING off rule " + p.getRuleName(config.GetState().GetRuleIndex())) - } - p.closureWork(config, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth, treatEOFAsEpsilon) - } - continue - } - returnState := p.atn.states[config.GetContext().getReturnState(i)] - newContext := config.GetContext().GetParent(i) // "pop" return state - - c := NewBaseATNConfig5(returnState, config.GetAlt(), newContext, config.GetSemanticContext()) - // While we have context to pop back from, we may have - // gotten that context AFTER having falling off a rule. - // Make sure we track that we are now out of context. - c.SetReachesIntoOuterContext(config.GetReachesIntoOuterContext()) - p.closureCheckingStopState(c, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth-1, treatEOFAsEpsilon) - } - return - } else if fullCtx { - // reached end of start rule - configs.Add(config, p.mergeCache) - return - } else { - // else if we have no context info, just chase follow links (if greedy) - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("FALLING off rule " + p.getRuleName(config.GetState().GetRuleIndex())) - } - } - } - p.closureWork(config, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth, treatEOFAsEpsilon) -} - -// Do the actual work of walking epsilon edges// -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closureWork(config ATNConfig, configs ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *JStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]], collectPredicates, fullCtx bool, depth int, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) { - state := config.GetState() - // optimization - if !state.GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() { - configs.Add(config, p.mergeCache) - // make sure to not return here, because EOF transitions can act as - // both epsilon transitions and non-epsilon transitions. - } - for i := 0; i < len(state.GetTransitions()); i++ { - if i == 0 && p.canDropLoopEntryEdgeInLeftRecursiveRule(config) { - continue - } - - t := state.GetTransitions()[i] - _, ok := t.(*ActionTransition) - continueCollecting := collectPredicates && !ok - c := p.getEpsilonTarget(config, t, continueCollecting, depth == 0, fullCtx, treatEOFAsEpsilon) - if ci, ok := c.(*BaseATNConfig); ok && ci != nil { - newDepth := depth - - if _, ok := config.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok { - // target fell off end of rule mark resulting c as having dipped into outer context - // We can't get here if incoming config was rule stop and we had context - // track how far we dip into outer context. Might - // come in handy and we avoid evaluating context dependent - // preds if p is > 0. - - if p.dfa != nil && p.dfa.getPrecedenceDfa() { - if t.(*EpsilonTransition).outermostPrecedenceReturn == p.dfa.atnStartState.GetRuleIndex() { - c.setPrecedenceFilterSuppressed(true) - } - } - - c.SetReachesIntoOuterContext(c.GetReachesIntoOuterContext() + 1) - - _, present := closureBusy.Put(c) - if present { - // avoid infinite recursion for right-recursive rules - continue - } - - configs.SetDipsIntoOuterContext(true) // TODO: can remove? only care when we add to set per middle of p method - newDepth-- - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("dips into outer ctx: " + c.String()) - } - } else { - - if !t.getIsEpsilon() { - _, present := closureBusy.Put(c) - if present { - // avoid infinite recursion for EOF* and EOF+ - continue - } - } - if _, ok := t.(*RuleTransition); ok { - // latch when newDepth goes negative - once we step out of the entry context we can't return - if newDepth >= 0 { - newDepth++ - } - } - } - p.closureCheckingStopState(c, configs, closureBusy, continueCollecting, fullCtx, newDepth, treatEOFAsEpsilon) - } - } -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) canDropLoopEntryEdgeInLeftRecursiveRule(config ATNConfig) bool { - if TurnOffLRLoopEntryBranchOpt { - return false - } - - _p := config.GetState() - - // First check to see if we are in StarLoopEntryState generated during - // left-recursion elimination. For efficiency, also check if - // the context has an empty stack case. If so, it would mean - // global FOLLOW so we can't perform optimization - if _p.GetStateType() != ATNStateStarLoopEntry { - return false - } - startLoop, ok := _p.(*StarLoopEntryState) - if !ok { - return false - } - if !startLoop.precedenceRuleDecision || - config.GetContext().isEmpty() || - config.GetContext().hasEmptyPath() { - return false - } - - // Require all return states to return back to the same rule - // that p is in. - numCtxs := config.GetContext().length() - for i := 0; i < numCtxs; i++ { - returnState := p.atn.states[config.GetContext().getReturnState(i)] - if returnState.GetRuleIndex() != _p.GetRuleIndex() { - return false - } - } - x := _p.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget() - decisionStartState := x.(BlockStartState) - blockEndStateNum := decisionStartState.getEndState().stateNumber - blockEndState := p.atn.states[blockEndStateNum].(*BlockEndState) - - // Verify that the top of each stack context leads to loop entry/exit - // state through epsilon edges and w/o leaving rule. - - for i := 0; i < numCtxs; i++ { // for each stack context - returnStateNumber := config.GetContext().getReturnState(i) - returnState := p.atn.states[returnStateNumber] - - // all states must have single outgoing epsilon edge - if len(returnState.GetTransitions()) != 1 || !returnState.GetTransitions()[0].getIsEpsilon() { - return false - } - - // Look for prefix op case like 'not expr', (' type ')' expr - returnStateTarget := returnState.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget() - if returnState.GetStateType() == ATNStateBlockEnd && returnStateTarget == _p { - continue - } - - // Look for 'expr op expr' or case where expr's return state is block end - // of (...)* internal block; the block end points to loop back - // which points to p but we don't need to check that - if returnState == blockEndState { - continue - } - - // Look for ternary expr ? expr : expr. The return state points at block end, - // which points at loop entry state - if returnStateTarget == blockEndState { - continue - } - - // Look for complex prefix 'between expr and expr' case where 2nd expr's - // return state points at block end state of (...)* internal block - if returnStateTarget.GetStateType() == ATNStateBlockEnd && - len(returnStateTarget.GetTransitions()) == 1 && - returnStateTarget.GetTransitions()[0].getIsEpsilon() && - returnStateTarget.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget() == _p { - continue - } - - // anything else ain't conforming - return false - } - - return true -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getRuleName(index int) string { - if p.parser != nil && index >= 0 { - return p.parser.GetRuleNames()[index] - } - var sb strings.Builder - sb.Grow(32) - - sb.WriteString("If {@code to} is {@code nil}, p method returns {@code nil}. -// Otherwise, p method returns the {@link DFAState} returned by calling -// {@link //addDFAState} for the {@code to} state.
-// -// @param dfa The DFA -// @param from The source state for the edge -// @param t The input symbol -// @param to The target state for the edge -// -// @return If {@code to} is {@code nil}, p method returns {@code nil} -// otherwise p method returns the result of calling {@link //addDFAState} -// on {@code to} -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(dfa *DFA, from *DFAState, t int, to *DFAState) *DFAState { - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("EDGE " + from.String() + " -> " + to.String() + " upon " + p.GetTokenName(t)) - } - if to == nil { - return nil - } - p.atn.stateMu.Lock() - to = p.addDFAState(dfa, to) // used existing if possible not incoming - p.atn.stateMu.Unlock() - if from == nil || t < -1 || t > p.atn.maxTokenType { - return to - } - p.atn.edgeMu.Lock() - if from.getEdges() == nil { - from.setEdges(make([]*DFAState, p.atn.maxTokenType+1+1)) - } - from.setIthEdge(t+1, to) // connect - p.atn.edgeMu.Unlock() - - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { - var names []string - if p.parser != nil { - names = p.parser.GetLiteralNames() - } - - fmt.Println("DFA=\n" + dfa.String(names, nil)) - } - return to -} - -// Add state {@code D} to the DFA if it is not already present, and return -// the actual instance stored in the DFA. If a state equivalent to {@code D} -// is already in the DFA, the existing state is returned. Otherwise p -// method returns {@code D} after adding it to the DFA. -// -//If {@code D} is {@link //ERROR}, p method returns {@link //ERROR} and -// does not change the DFA.
-// -// @param dfa The dfa -// @param D The DFA state to add -// @return The state stored in the DFA. This will be either the existing -// state if {@code D} is already in the DFA, or {@code D} itself if the -// state was not already present. -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) addDFAState(dfa *DFA, d *DFAState) *DFAState { - if d == ATNSimulatorError { - return d - } - existing, present := dfa.states.Get(d) - if present { - if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { - fmt.Print("addDFAState " + d.String() + " exists") - } - return existing - } - - // The state was not present, so update it with configs - // - d.stateNumber = dfa.states.Len() - if !d.configs.ReadOnly() { - d.configs.OptimizeConfigs(p.BaseATNSimulator) - d.configs.SetReadOnly(true) - } - dfa.states.Put(d) - if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { - fmt.Println("addDFAState new " + d.String()) - } - - return d -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportAttemptingFullContext(dfa *DFA, conflictingAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet, startIndex, stopIndex int) { - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug { - interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1) - fmt.Println("ReportAttemptingFullContext decision=" + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + ":" + configs.String() + - ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval)) - } - if p.parser != nil { - p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportAttemptingFullContext(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, conflictingAlts, configs) - } -} - -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportContextSensitivity(dfa *DFA, prediction int, configs ATNConfigSet, startIndex, stopIndex int) { - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug { - interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1) - fmt.Println("ReportContextSensitivity decision=" + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + ":" + configs.String() + - ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval)) - } - if p.parser != nil { - p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportContextSensitivity(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, prediction, configs) - } -} - -// If context sensitive parsing, we know it's ambiguity not conflict// -func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportAmbiguity(dfa *DFA, D *DFAState, startIndex, stopIndex int, - exact bool, ambigAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet) { - if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug { - interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1) - fmt.Println("ReportAmbiguity " + ambigAlts.String() + ":" + configs.String() + - ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval)) - } - if p.parser != nil { - p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportAmbiguity(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, exact, ambigAlts, configs) - } -} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go deleted file mode 100644 index ba62af361..000000000 --- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,806 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. -// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that -// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. - -package antlr - -import ( - "fmt" - "golang.org/x/exp/slices" - "strconv" -) - -// Represents {@code $} in local context prediction, which means wildcard. -// {@code//+x =//}. -// / -const ( - BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState = 0x7FFFFFFF -) - -// Represents {@code $} in an array in full context mode, when {@code $} -// doesn't mean wildcard: {@code $ + x = [$,x]}. Here, -// {@code $} = {@link //EmptyReturnState}. -// / - -var ( - BasePredictionContextglobalNodeCount = 1 - BasePredictionContextid = BasePredictionContextglobalNodeCount -) - -type PredictionContext interface { - Hash() int - Equals(interface{}) bool - GetParent(int) PredictionContext - getReturnState(int) int - length() int - isEmpty() bool - hasEmptyPath() bool - String() string -} - -type BasePredictionContext struct { - cachedHash int -} - -func NewBasePredictionContext(cachedHash int) *BasePredictionContext { - pc := new(BasePredictionContext) - pc.cachedHash = cachedHash - - return pc -} - -func (b *BasePredictionContext) isEmpty() bool { - return false -} - -func calculateHash(parent PredictionContext, returnState int) int { - h := murmurInit(1) - h = murmurUpdate(h, parent.Hash()) - h = murmurUpdate(h, returnState) - return murmurFinish(h, 2) -} - -var _emptyPredictionContextHash int - -func init() { - _emptyPredictionContextHash = murmurInit(1) - _emptyPredictionContextHash = murmurFinish(_emptyPredictionContextHash, 0) -} - -func calculateEmptyHash() int { - return _emptyPredictionContextHash -} - -// Used to cache {@link BasePredictionContext} objects. Its used for the shared -// context cash associated with contexts in DFA states. This cache -// can be used for both lexers and parsers. - -type PredictionContextCache struct { - cache map[PredictionContext]PredictionContext -} - -func NewPredictionContextCache() *PredictionContextCache { - t := new(PredictionContextCache) - t.cache = make(map[PredictionContext]PredictionContext) - return t -} - -// Add a context to the cache and return it. If the context already exists, -// return that one instead and do not add a Newcontext to the cache. -// Protect shared cache from unsafe thread access. -func (p *PredictionContextCache) add(ctx PredictionContext) PredictionContext { - if ctx == BasePredictionContextEMPTY { - return BasePredictionContextEMPTY - } - existing := p.cache[ctx] - if existing != nil { - return existing - } - p.cache[ctx] = ctx - return ctx -} - -func (p *PredictionContextCache) Get(ctx PredictionContext) PredictionContext { - return p.cache[ctx] -} - -func (p *PredictionContextCache) length() int { - return len(p.cache) -} - -type SingletonPredictionContext interface { - PredictionContext -} - -type BaseSingletonPredictionContext struct { - *BasePredictionContext - - parentCtx PredictionContext - returnState int -} - -func NewBaseSingletonPredictionContext(parent PredictionContext, returnState int) *BaseSingletonPredictionContext { - var cachedHash int - if parent != nil { - cachedHash = calculateHash(parent, returnState) - } else { - cachedHash = calculateEmptyHash() - } - - s := new(BaseSingletonPredictionContext) - s.BasePredictionContext = NewBasePredictionContext(cachedHash) - - s.parentCtx = parent - s.returnState = returnState - - return s -} - -func SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parent PredictionContext, returnState int) PredictionContext { - if returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState && parent == nil { - // someone can pass in the bits of an array ctx that mean $ - return BasePredictionContextEMPTY - } - - return NewBaseSingletonPredictionContext(parent, returnState) -} - -func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) length() int { - return 1 -} - -func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) GetParent(index int) PredictionContext { - return b.parentCtx -} - -func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) getReturnState(index int) int { - return b.returnState -} - -func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) hasEmptyPath() bool { - return b.returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState -} - -func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) Hash() int { - return b.cachedHash -} - -func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) Equals(other interface{}) bool { - if b == other { - return true - } - if _, ok := other.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext); !ok { - return false - } - - otherP := other.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext) - - if b.returnState != otherP.getReturnState(0) { - return false - } - if b.parentCtx == nil { - return otherP.parentCtx == nil - } - - return b.parentCtx.Equals(otherP.parentCtx) -} - -func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) String() string { - var up string - - if b.parentCtx == nil { - up = "" - } else { - up = b.parentCtx.String() - } - - if len(up) == 0 { - if b.returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState { - return "$" - } - - return strconv.Itoa(b.returnState) - } - - return strconv.Itoa(b.returnState) + " " + up -} - -var BasePredictionContextEMPTY = NewEmptyPredictionContext() - -type EmptyPredictionContext struct { - *BaseSingletonPredictionContext -} - -func NewEmptyPredictionContext() *EmptyPredictionContext { - - p := new(EmptyPredictionContext) - - p.BaseSingletonPredictionContext = NewBaseSingletonPredictionContext(nil, BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState) - p.cachedHash = calculateEmptyHash() - return p -} - -func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) isEmpty() bool { - return true -} - -func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) GetParent(index int) PredictionContext { - return nil -} - -func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) getReturnState(index int) int { - return e.returnState -} - -func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) Hash() int { - return e.cachedHash -} - -func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) Equals(other interface{}) bool { - return e == other -} - -func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) String() string { - return "$" -} - -type ArrayPredictionContext struct { - *BasePredictionContext - - parents []PredictionContext - returnStates []int -} - -func NewArrayPredictionContext(parents []PredictionContext, returnStates []int) *ArrayPredictionContext { - // Parent can be nil only if full ctx mode and we make an array - // from {@link //EMPTY} and non-empty. We merge {@link //EMPTY} by using - // nil parent and - // returnState == {@link //EmptyReturnState}. - hash := murmurInit(1) - - for _, parent := range parents { - hash = murmurUpdate(hash, parent.Hash()) - } - - for _, returnState := range returnStates { - hash = murmurUpdate(hash, returnState) - } - - hash = murmurFinish(hash, len(parents)<<1) - - c := new(ArrayPredictionContext) - c.BasePredictionContext = NewBasePredictionContext(hash) - - c.parents = parents - c.returnStates = returnStates - - return c -} - -func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) GetReturnStates() []int { - return a.returnStates -} - -func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) hasEmptyPath() bool { - return a.getReturnState(a.length()-1) == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState -} - -func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) isEmpty() bool { - // since EmptyReturnState can only appear in the last position, we - // don't need to verify that size==1 - return a.returnStates[0] == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState -} - -func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) length() int { - return len(a.returnStates) -} - -func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) GetParent(index int) PredictionContext { - return a.parents[index] -} - -func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) getReturnState(index int) int { - return a.returnStates[index] -} - -// Equals is the default comparison function for ArrayPredictionContext when no specialized -// implementation is needed for a collection -func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) Equals(o interface{}) bool { - if a == o { - return true - } - other, ok := o.(*ArrayPredictionContext) - if !ok { - return false - } - if a.cachedHash != other.Hash() { - return false // can't be same if hash is different - } - - // Must compare the actual array elements and not just the array address - // - return slices.Equal(a.returnStates, other.returnStates) && - slices.EqualFunc(a.parents, other.parents, func(x, y PredictionContext) bool { - return x.Equals(y) - }) -} - -// Hash is the default hash function for ArrayPredictionContext when no specialized -// implementation is needed for a collection -func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) Hash() int { - return a.BasePredictionContext.cachedHash -} - -func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) String() string { - if a.isEmpty() { - return "[]" - } - - s := "[" - for i := 0; i < len(a.returnStates); i++ { - if i > 0 { - s = s + ", " - } - if a.returnStates[i] == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState { - s = s + "$" - continue - } - s = s + strconv.Itoa(a.returnStates[i]) - if a.parents[i] != nil { - s = s + " " + a.parents[i].String() - } else { - s = s + "nil" - } - } - - return s + "]" -} - -// Convert a {@link RuleContext} tree to a {@link BasePredictionContext} graph. -// Return {@link //EMPTY} if {@code outerContext} is empty or nil. -// / -func predictionContextFromRuleContext(a *ATN, outerContext RuleContext) PredictionContext { - if outerContext == nil { - outerContext = ParserRuleContextEmpty - } - // if we are in RuleContext of start rule, s, then BasePredictionContext - // is EMPTY. Nobody called us. (if we are empty, return empty) - if outerContext.GetParent() == nil || outerContext == ParserRuleContextEmpty { - return BasePredictionContextEMPTY - } - // If we have a parent, convert it to a BasePredictionContext graph - parent := predictionContextFromRuleContext(a, outerContext.GetParent().(RuleContext)) - state := a.states[outerContext.GetInvokingState()] - transition := state.GetTransitions()[0] - - return SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parent, transition.(*RuleTransition).followState.GetStateNumber()) -} - -func merge(a, b PredictionContext, rootIsWildcard bool, mergeCache *DoubleDict) PredictionContext { - - // Share same graph if both same - // - if a == b || a.Equals(b) { - return a - } - - // In Java, EmptyPredictionContext inherits from SingletonPredictionContext, and so the test - // in java for SingletonPredictionContext will succeed and a new ArrayPredictionContext will be created - // from it. - // In go, EmptyPredictionContext does not equate to SingletonPredictionContext and so that conversion - // will fail. We need to test for both Empty and Singleton and create an ArrayPredictionContext from - // either of them. - - ac, ok1 := a.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext) - bc, ok2 := b.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext) - - if ok1 && ok2 { - return mergeSingletons(ac, bc, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache) - } - // At least one of a or b is array - // If one is $ and rootIsWildcard, return $ as// wildcard - if rootIsWildcard { - if _, ok := a.(*EmptyPredictionContext); ok { - return a - } - if _, ok := b.(*EmptyPredictionContext); ok { - return b - } - } - - // Convert Singleton or Empty so both are arrays to normalize - We should not use the existing parameters - // here. - // - // TODO: I think that maybe the Prediction Context structs should be redone as there is a chance we will see this mess again - maybe redo the logic here - - var arp, arb *ArrayPredictionContext - var ok bool - if arp, ok = a.(*ArrayPredictionContext); ok { - } else if _, ok = a.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext); ok { - arp = NewArrayPredictionContext([]PredictionContext{a.GetParent(0)}, []int{a.getReturnState(0)}) - } else if _, ok = a.(*EmptyPredictionContext); ok { - arp = NewArrayPredictionContext([]PredictionContext{}, []int{}) - } - - if arb, ok = b.(*ArrayPredictionContext); ok { - } else if _, ok = b.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext); ok { - arb = NewArrayPredictionContext([]PredictionContext{b.GetParent(0)}, []int{b.getReturnState(0)}) - } else if _, ok = b.(*EmptyPredictionContext); ok { - arb = NewArrayPredictionContext([]PredictionContext{}, []int{}) - } - - // Both arp and arb - return mergeArrays(arp, arb, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache) -} - -// Merge two {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext} instances. -// -//Stack tops equal, parents merge is same return left graph.
-//
Same stack top, parents differ merge parents giving array node, then
-// remainders of those graphs. A Newroot node is created to point to the
-// merged parents.
-//
Different stack tops pointing to same parent. Make array node for the
-// root where both element in the root point to the same (original)
-// parent.
-//
Different stack tops pointing to different parents. Make array node for
-// the root where each element points to the corresponding original
-// parent.
-//
These local-context merge operations are used when {@code rootIsWildcard} -// is true.
-// -//{@link //EMPTY} is superset of any graph return {@link //EMPTY}.
-//
{@link //EMPTY} and anything is {@code //EMPTY}, so merged parent is
-// {@code //EMPTY} return left graph.
-//
Special case of last merge if local context.
-//
These full-context merge operations are used when {@code rootIsWildcard} -// is false.
-// -// -// -//Must keep all contexts {@link //EMPTY} in array is a special value (and
-// nil parent).
-//
Different tops, different parents.
-//
Shared top, same parents.
-//
Shared top, different parents.
-//
Shared top, all shared parents.
-//
Equal tops, merge parents and reduce top to
-// {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext}.
-//
- // When using this prediction mode, the parser will either return a correct - // parse tree (i.e. the same parse tree that would be returned with the - // {@link //LL} prediction mode), or it will Report a syntax error. If a - // syntax error is encountered when using the {@link //SLL} prediction mode, - // it may be due to either an actual syntax error in the input or indicate - // that the particular combination of grammar and input requires the more - // powerful {@link //LL} prediction abilities to complete successfully.
- // - //- // This prediction mode does not provide any guarantees for prediction - // behavior for syntactically-incorrect inputs.
- // - PredictionModeSLL = 0 - // - // The LL(*) prediction mode. This prediction mode allows the current parser - // context to be used for resolving SLL conflicts that occur during - // prediction. This is the fastest prediction mode that guarantees correct - // parse results for all combinations of grammars with syntactically correct - // inputs. - // - //- // When using this prediction mode, the parser will make correct decisions - // for all syntactically-correct grammar and input combinations. However, in - // cases where the grammar is truly ambiguous this prediction mode might not - // Report a precise answer for exactly which alternatives are - // ambiguous.
- // - //- // This prediction mode does not provide any guarantees for prediction - // behavior for syntactically-incorrect inputs.
- // - PredictionModeLL = 1 - // - // The LL(*) prediction mode with exact ambiguity detection. In addition to - // the correctness guarantees provided by the {@link //LL} prediction mode, - // this prediction mode instructs the prediction algorithm to determine the - // complete and exact set of ambiguous alternatives for every ambiguous - // decision encountered while parsing. - // - //- // This prediction mode may be used for diagnosing ambiguities during - // grammar development. Due to the performance overhead of calculating sets - // of ambiguous alternatives, this prediction mode should be avoided when - // the exact results are not necessary.
- // - //- // This prediction mode does not provide any guarantees for prediction - // behavior for syntactically-incorrect inputs.
- // - PredictionModeLLExactAmbigDetection = 2 -) - -// Computes the SLL prediction termination condition. -// -//-// This method computes the SLL prediction termination condition for both of -// the following cases.
-// -//COMBINED SLL+LL PARSING
-// -//When LL-fallback is enabled upon SLL conflict, correct predictions are -// ensured regardless of how the termination condition is computed by this -// method. Due to the substantially higher cost of LL prediction, the -// prediction should only fall back to LL when the additional lookahead -// cannot lead to a unique SLL prediction.
-// -//Assuming combined SLL+LL parsing, an SLL configuration set with only -// conflicting subsets should fall back to full LL, even if the -// configuration sets don't resolve to the same alternative (e.g. -// {@code {1,2}} and {@code {3,4}}. If there is at least one non-conflicting -// configuration, SLL could continue with the hopes that more lookahead will -// resolve via one of those non-conflicting configurations.
-// -//Here's the prediction termination rule them: SLL (for SLL+LL parsing) -// stops when it sees only conflicting configuration subsets. In contrast, -// full LL keeps going when there is uncertainty.
-// -//HEURISTIC
-// -//As a heuristic, we stop prediction when we see any conflicting subset -// unless we see a state that only has one alternative associated with it. -// The single-alt-state thing lets prediction continue upon rules like -// (otherwise, it would admit defeat too soon):
-// -//{@code [12|1|[], 6|2|[], 12|2|[]]. s : (ID | ID ID?) ” }
-// -//When the ATN simulation reaches the state before {@code ”}, it has a -// DFA state that looks like: {@code [12|1|[], 6|2|[], 12|2|[]]}. Naturally -// {@code 12|1|[]} and {@code 12|2|[]} conflict, but we cannot stop -// processing this node because alternative to has another way to continue, -// via {@code [6|2|[]]}.
-// -//It also let's us continue for this rule:
-// -//{@code [1|1|[], 1|2|[], 8|3|[]] a : A | A | A B }
-// -//After Matching input A, we reach the stop state for rule A, state 1. -// State 8 is the state right before B. Clearly alternatives 1 and 2 -// conflict and no amount of further lookahead will separate the two. -// However, alternative 3 will be able to continue and so we do not stop -// working on this state. In the previous example, we're concerned with -// states associated with the conflicting alternatives. Here alt 3 is not -// associated with the conflicting configs, but since we can continue -// looking for input reasonably, don't declare the state done.
-// -//PURE SLL PARSING
-// -//To handle pure SLL parsing, all we have to do is make sure that we -// combine stack contexts for configurations that differ only by semantic -// predicate. From there, we can do the usual SLL termination heuristic.
-// -//PREDICATES IN SLL+LL PARSING
-// -//SLL decisions don't evaluate predicates until after they reach DFA stop -// states because they need to create the DFA cache that works in all -// semantic situations. In contrast, full LL evaluates predicates collected -// during start state computation so it can ignore predicates thereafter. -// This means that SLL termination detection can totally ignore semantic -// predicates.
-// -//Implementation-wise, {@link ATNConfigSet} combines stack contexts but not -// semantic predicate contexts so we might see two configurations like the -// following.
-// -//{@code (s, 1, x, {}), (s, 1, x', {p})}
-// -//Before testing these configurations against others, we have to merge -// {@code x} and {@code x'} (without modifying the existing configurations). -// For example, we test {@code (x+x')==x”} when looking for conflicts in -// the following configurations.
-// -//{@code (s, 1, x, {}), (s, 1, x', {p}), (s, 2, x”, {})}
-// -//If the configuration set has predicates (as indicated by -// {@link ATNConfigSet//hasSemanticContext}), this algorithm makes a copy of -// the configurations to strip out all of the predicates so that a standard -// {@link ATNConfigSet} will merge everything ignoring predicates.
-func PredictionModehasSLLConflictTerminatingPrediction(mode int, configs ATNConfigSet) bool { - // Configs in rule stop states indicate reaching the end of the decision - // rule (local context) or end of start rule (full context). If all - // configs meet this condition, then none of the configurations is able - // to Match additional input so we terminate prediction. - // - if PredictionModeallConfigsInRuleStopStates(configs) { - return true - } - // pure SLL mode parsing - if mode == PredictionModeSLL { - // Don't bother with combining configs from different semantic - // contexts if we can fail over to full LL costs more time - // since we'll often fail over anyway. - if configs.HasSemanticContext() { - // dup configs, tossing out semantic predicates - dup := NewBaseATNConfigSet(false) - for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { - - // NewBaseATNConfig({semanticContext:}, c) - c = NewBaseATNConfig2(c, SemanticContextNone) - dup.Add(c, nil) - } - configs = dup - } - // now we have combined contexts for configs with dissimilar preds - } - // pure SLL or combined SLL+LL mode parsing - altsets := PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(configs) - return PredictionModehasConflictingAltSet(altsets) && !PredictionModehasStateAssociatedWithOneAlt(configs) -} - -// Checks if any configuration in {@code configs} is in a -// {@link RuleStopState}. Configurations meeting this condition have reached -// the end of the decision rule (local context) or end of start rule (full -// context). -// -// @param configs the configuration set to test -// @return {@code true} if any configuration in {@code configs} is in a -// {@link RuleStopState}, otherwise {@code false} -func PredictionModehasConfigInRuleStopState(configs ATNConfigSet) bool { - for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { - if _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok { - return true - } - } - return false -} - -// Checks if all configurations in {@code configs} are in a -// {@link RuleStopState}. Configurations meeting this condition have reached -// the end of the decision rule (local context) or end of start rule (full -// context). -// -// @param configs the configuration set to test -// @return {@code true} if all configurations in {@code configs} are in a -// {@link RuleStopState}, otherwise {@code false} -func PredictionModeallConfigsInRuleStopStates(configs ATNConfigSet) bool { - - for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { - if _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState); !ok { - return false - } - } - return true -} - -// Full LL prediction termination. -// -//Can we stop looking ahead during ATN simulation or is there some -// uncertainty as to which alternative we will ultimately pick, after -// consuming more input? Even if there are partial conflicts, we might know -// that everything is going to resolve to the same minimum alternative. That -// means we can stop since no more lookahead will change that fact. On the -// other hand, there might be multiple conflicts that resolve to different -// minimums. That means we need more look ahead to decide which of those -// alternatives we should predict.
-// -//The basic idea is to split the set of configurations {@code C}, into -// conflicting subsets {@code (s, _, ctx, _)} and singleton subsets with -// non-conflicting configurations. Two configurations conflict if they have -// identical {@link ATNConfig//state} and {@link ATNConfig//context} values -// but different {@link ATNConfig//alt} value, e.g. {@code (s, i, ctx, _)} -// and {@code (s, j, ctx, _)} for {@code i!=j}.
-// -//Reduce these configuration subsets to the set of possible alternatives. -// You can compute the alternative subsets in one pass as follows:
-// -//{@code A_s,ctx = {i | (s, i, ctx, _)}} for each configuration in -// {@code C} holding {@code s} and {@code ctx} fixed.
-// -//Or in pseudo-code, for each configuration {@code c} in {@code C}:
-// -//
-// map[c] U= c.{@link ATNConfig//alt alt} // map hash/equals uses s and x, not
-// alt and not pred
-//
-//
-// The values in {@code map} are the set of {@code A_s,ctx} sets.
-// -//If {@code |A_s,ctx|=1} then there is no conflict associated with -// {@code s} and {@code ctx}.
-// -//Reduce the subsets to singletons by choosing a minimum of each subset. If -// the union of these alternative subsets is a singleton, then no amount of -// more lookahead will help us. We will always pick that alternative. If, -// however, there is more than one alternative, then we are uncertain which -// alternative to predict and must continue looking for resolution. We may -// or may not discover an ambiguity in the future, even if there are no -// conflicting subsets this round.
-// -//The biggest sin is to terminate early because it means we've made a -// decision but were uncertain as to the eventual outcome. We haven't used -// enough lookahead. On the other hand, announcing a conflict too late is no -// big deal you will still have the conflict. It's just inefficient. It -// might even look until the end of file.
-// -//No special consideration for semantic predicates is required because -// predicates are evaluated on-the-fly for full LL prediction, ensuring that -// no configuration contains a semantic context during the termination -// check.
-// -//CONFLICTING CONFIGS
-// -//Two configurations {@code (s, i, x)} and {@code (s, j, x')}, conflict -// when {@code i!=j} but {@code x=x'}. Because we merge all -// {@code (s, i, _)} configurations together, that means that there are at -// most {@code n} configurations associated with state {@code s} for -// {@code n} possible alternatives in the decision. The merged stacks -// complicate the comparison of configuration contexts {@code x} and -// {@code x'}. Sam checks to see if one is a subset of the other by calling -// merge and checking to see if the merged result is either {@code x} or -// {@code x'}. If the {@code x} associated with lowest alternative {@code i} -// is the superset, then {@code i} is the only possible prediction since the -// others resolve to {@code min(i)} as well. However, if {@code x} is -// associated with {@code j>i} then at least one stack configuration for -// {@code j} is not in conflict with alternative {@code i}. The algorithm -// should keep going, looking for more lookahead due to the uncertainty.
-// -//For simplicity, I'm doing a equality check between {@code x} and -// {@code x'} that lets the algorithm continue to consume lookahead longer -// than necessary. The reason I like the equality is of course the -// simplicity but also because that is the test you need to detect the -// alternatives that are actually in conflict.
-// -//CONTINUE/STOP RULE
-// -//Continue if union of resolved alternative sets from non-conflicting and -// conflicting alternative subsets has more than one alternative. We are -// uncertain about which alternative to predict.
-// -//The complete set of alternatives, {@code [i for (_,i,_)]}, tells us which -// alternatives are still in the running for the amount of input we've -// consumed at this point. The conflicting sets let us to strip away -// configurations that won't lead to more states because we resolve -// conflicts to the configuration with a minimum alternate for the -// conflicting set.
-// -//CASES
-// -//EXACT AMBIGUITY DETECTION
-// -//If all states Report the same conflicting set of alternatives, then we -// know we have the exact ambiguity set.
-// -//|A_i|>1 and
-// A_i = A_j for all i, j.
In other words, we continue examining lookahead until all {@code A_i} -// have more than one alternative and all {@code A_i} are the same. If -// {@code A={{1,2}, {1,3}}}, then regular LL prediction would terminate -// because the resolved set is {@code {1}}. To determine what the real -// ambiguity is, we have to know whether the ambiguity is between one and -// two or one and three so we keep going. We can only stop prediction when -// we need exact ambiguity detection when the sets look like -// {@code A={{1,2}}} or {@code {{1,2},{1,2}}}, etc...
-func PredictionModeresolvesToJustOneViableAlt(altsets []*BitSet) int { - return PredictionModegetSingleViableAlt(altsets) -} - -// Determines if every alternative subset in {@code altsets} contains more -// than one alternative. -// -// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets -// @return {@code true} if every {@link BitSet} in {@code altsets} has -// {@link BitSet//cardinality cardinality} > 1, otherwise {@code false} -func PredictionModeallSubsetsConflict(altsets []*BitSet) bool { - return !PredictionModehasNonConflictingAltSet(altsets) -} - -// Determines if any single alternative subset in {@code altsets} contains -// exactly one alternative. -// -// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets -// @return {@code true} if {@code altsets} contains a {@link BitSet} with -// {@link BitSet//cardinality cardinality} 1, otherwise {@code false} -func PredictionModehasNonConflictingAltSet(altsets []*BitSet) bool { - for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ { - alts := altsets[i] - if alts.length() == 1 { - return true - } - } - return false -} - -// Determines if any single alternative subset in {@code altsets} contains -// more than one alternative. -// -// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets -// @return {@code true} if {@code altsets} contains a {@link BitSet} with -// {@link BitSet//cardinality cardinality} > 1, otherwise {@code false} -func PredictionModehasConflictingAltSet(altsets []*BitSet) bool { - for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ { - alts := altsets[i] - if alts.length() > 1 { - return true - } - } - return false -} - -// Determines if every alternative subset in {@code altsets} is equivalent. -// -// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets -// @return {@code true} if every member of {@code altsets} is equal to the -// others, otherwise {@code false} -func PredictionModeallSubsetsEqual(altsets []*BitSet) bool { - var first *BitSet - - for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ { - alts := altsets[i] - if first == nil { - first = alts - } else if alts != first { - return false - } - } - - return true -} - -// Returns the unique alternative predicted by all alternative subsets in -// {@code altsets}. If no such alternative exists, this method returns -// {@link ATN//INVALID_ALT_NUMBER}. -// -// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets -func PredictionModegetUniqueAlt(altsets []*BitSet) int { - all := PredictionModeGetAlts(altsets) - if all.length() == 1 { - return all.minValue() - } - - return ATNInvalidAltNumber -} - -// Gets the complete set of represented alternatives for a collection of -// alternative subsets. This method returns the union of each {@link BitSet} -// in {@code altsets}. -// -// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets -// @return the set of represented alternatives in {@code altsets} -func PredictionModeGetAlts(altsets []*BitSet) *BitSet { - all := NewBitSet() - for _, alts := range altsets { - all.or(alts) - } - return all -} - -// PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets gets the conflicting alt subsets from a configuration set. -// For each configuration {@code c} in {@code configs}: -// -//
-// map[c] U= c.{@link ATNConfig//alt alt} // map hash/equals uses s and x, not
-// alt and not pred
-//
-func PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(configs ATNConfigSet) []*BitSet {
- configToAlts := NewJMap[ATNConfig, *BitSet, *ATNAltConfigComparator[ATNConfig]](atnAltCfgEqInst)
-
- for _, c := range configs.GetItems() {
-
- alts, ok := configToAlts.Get(c)
- if !ok {
- alts = NewBitSet()
- configToAlts.Put(c, alts)
- }
- alts.add(c.GetAlt())
- }
-
- return configToAlts.Values()
-}
-
-// PredictionModeGetStateToAltMap gets a map from state to alt subset from a configuration set. For each
-// configuration {@code c} in {@code configs}:
-//
-//
-// map[c.{@link ATNConfig//state state}] U= c.{@link ATNConfig//alt alt}
-//
-func PredictionModeGetStateToAltMap(configs ATNConfigSet) *AltDict {
- m := NewAltDict()
-
- for _, c := range configs.GetItems() {
- alts := m.Get(c.GetState().String())
- if alts == nil {
- alts = NewBitSet()
- m.put(c.GetState().String(), alts)
- }
- alts.(*BitSet).add(c.GetAlt())
- }
- return m
-}
-
-func PredictionModehasStateAssociatedWithOneAlt(configs ATNConfigSet) bool {
- values := PredictionModeGetStateToAltMap(configs).values()
- for i := 0; i < len(values); i++ {
- if values[i].(*BitSet).length() == 1 {
- return true
- }
- }
- return false
-}
-
-func PredictionModegetSingleViableAlt(altsets []*BitSet) int {
- result := ATNInvalidAltNumber
-
- for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ {
- alts := altsets[i]
- minAlt := alts.minValue()
- if result == ATNInvalidAltNumber {
- result = minAlt
- } else if result != minAlt { // more than 1 viable alt
- return ATNInvalidAltNumber
- }
- }
- return result
-}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/recognizer.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/recognizer.go
deleted file mode 100644
index bfe542d09..000000000
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/recognizer.go
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
-// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
-// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
-
-package antlr
-
-import (
- "fmt"
- "strings"
-
- "strconv"
-)
-
-type Recognizer interface {
- GetLiteralNames() []string
- GetSymbolicNames() []string
- GetRuleNames() []string
-
- Sempred(RuleContext, int, int) bool
- Precpred(RuleContext, int) bool
-
- GetState() int
- SetState(int)
- Action(RuleContext, int, int)
- AddErrorListener(ErrorListener)
- RemoveErrorListeners()
- GetATN() *ATN
- GetErrorListenerDispatch() ErrorListener
-}
-
-type BaseRecognizer struct {
- listeners []ErrorListener
- state int
-
- RuleNames []string
- LiteralNames []string
- SymbolicNames []string
- GrammarFileName string
-}
-
-func NewBaseRecognizer() *BaseRecognizer {
- rec := new(BaseRecognizer)
- rec.listeners = []ErrorListener{ConsoleErrorListenerINSTANCE}
- rec.state = -1
- return rec
-}
-
-var tokenTypeMapCache = make(map[string]int)
-var ruleIndexMapCache = make(map[string]int)
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) checkVersion(toolVersion string) {
- runtimeVersion := "4.12.0"
- if runtimeVersion != toolVersion {
- fmt.Println("ANTLR runtime and generated code versions disagree: " + runtimeVersion + "!=" + toolVersion)
- }
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) Action(context RuleContext, ruleIndex, actionIndex int) {
- panic("action not implemented on Recognizer!")
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) AddErrorListener(listener ErrorListener) {
- b.listeners = append(b.listeners, listener)
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) RemoveErrorListeners() {
- b.listeners = make([]ErrorListener, 0)
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetRuleNames() []string {
- return b.RuleNames
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetTokenNames() []string {
- return b.LiteralNames
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetSymbolicNames() []string {
- return b.SymbolicNames
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetLiteralNames() []string {
- return b.LiteralNames
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetState() int {
- return b.state
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) SetState(v int) {
- b.state = v
-}
-
-//func (b *Recognizer) GetTokenTypeMap() {
-// var tokenNames = b.GetTokenNames()
-// if (tokenNames==nil) {
-// panic("The current recognizer does not provide a list of token names.")
-// }
-// var result = tokenTypeMapCache[tokenNames]
-// if(result==nil) {
-// result = tokenNames.reduce(function(o, k, i) { o[k] = i })
-// result.EOF = TokenEOF
-// tokenTypeMapCache[tokenNames] = result
-// }
-// return result
-//}
-
-// Get a map from rule names to rule indexes.
-//
-// Used for XPath and tree pattern compilation.
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetRuleIndexMap() map[string]int { - - panic("Method not defined!") - // var ruleNames = b.GetRuleNames() - // if (ruleNames==nil) { - // panic("The current recognizer does not provide a list of rule names.") - // } - // - // var result = ruleIndexMapCache[ruleNames] - // if(result==nil) { - // result = ruleNames.reduce(function(o, k, i) { o[k] = i }) - // ruleIndexMapCache[ruleNames] = result - // } - // return result -} - -func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetTokenType(tokenName string) int { - panic("Method not defined!") - // var ttype = b.GetTokenTypeMap()[tokenName] - // if (ttype !=nil) { - // return ttype - // } else { - // return TokenInvalidType - // } -} - -//func (b *Recognizer) GetTokenTypeMap() map[string]int { -// Vocabulary vocabulary = getVocabulary() -// -// Synchronized (tokenTypeMapCache) { -// Map-// Since tokens on hidden channels (e.g. whitespace or comments) are not -// added to the parse trees, they will not appear in the output of b -// method. -// - -func (b *BaseRuleContext) GetParent() Tree { - return b.parentCtx -} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token.go deleted file mode 100644 index f73b06bc6..000000000 --- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,209 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. -// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that -// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. - -package antlr - -import ( - "strconv" - "strings" -) - -type TokenSourceCharStreamPair struct { - tokenSource TokenSource - charStream CharStream -} - -// A token has properties: text, type, line, character position in the line -// (so we can ignore tabs), token channel, index, and source from which -// we obtained this token. - -type Token interface { - GetSource() *TokenSourceCharStreamPair - GetTokenType() int - GetChannel() int - GetStart() int - GetStop() int - GetLine() int - GetColumn() int - - GetText() string - SetText(s string) - - GetTokenIndex() int - SetTokenIndex(v int) - - GetTokenSource() TokenSource - GetInputStream() CharStream -} - -type BaseToken struct { - source *TokenSourceCharStreamPair - tokenType int // token type of the token - channel int // The parser ignores everything not on DEFAULT_CHANNEL - start int // optional return -1 if not implemented. - stop int // optional return -1 if not implemented. - tokenIndex int // from 0..n-1 of the token object in the input stream - line int // line=1..n of the 1st character - column int // beginning of the line at which it occurs, 0..n-1 - text string // text of the token. - readOnly bool -} - -const ( - TokenInvalidType = 0 - - // During lookahead operations, this "token" signifies we hit rule end ATN state - // and did not follow it despite needing to. - TokenEpsilon = -2 - - TokenMinUserTokenType = 1 - - TokenEOF = -1 - - // All tokens go to the parser (unless Skip() is called in that rule) - // on a particular "channel". The parser tunes to a particular channel - // so that whitespace etc... can go to the parser on a "hidden" channel. - - TokenDefaultChannel = 0 - - // Anything on different channel than DEFAULT_CHANNEL is not parsed - // by parser. - - TokenHiddenChannel = 1 -) - -func (b *BaseToken) GetChannel() int { - return b.channel -} - -func (b *BaseToken) GetStart() int { - return b.start -} - -func (b *BaseToken) GetStop() int { - return b.stop -} - -func (b *BaseToken) GetLine() int { - return b.line -} - -func (b *BaseToken) GetColumn() int { - return b.column -} - -func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenType() int { - return b.tokenType -} - -func (b *BaseToken) GetSource() *TokenSourceCharStreamPair { - return b.source -} - -func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenIndex() int { - return b.tokenIndex -} - -func (b *BaseToken) SetTokenIndex(v int) { - b.tokenIndex = v -} - -func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenSource() TokenSource { - return b.source.tokenSource -} - -func (b *BaseToken) GetInputStream() CharStream { - return b.source.charStream -} - -type CommonToken struct { - *BaseToken -} - -func NewCommonToken(source *TokenSourceCharStreamPair, tokenType, channel, start, stop int) *CommonToken { - - t := new(CommonToken) - - t.BaseToken = new(BaseToken) - - t.source = source - t.tokenType = tokenType - t.channel = channel - t.start = start - t.stop = stop - t.tokenIndex = -1 - if t.source.tokenSource != nil { - t.line = source.tokenSource.GetLine() - t.column = source.tokenSource.GetCharPositionInLine() - } else { - t.column = -1 - } - return t -} - -// An empty {@link Pair} which is used as the default value of -// {@link //source} for tokens that do not have a source. - -//CommonToken.EMPTY_SOURCE = [ nil, nil ] - -// Constructs a New{@link CommonToken} as a copy of another {@link Token}. -// -//
-// If {@code oldToken} is also a {@link CommonToken} instance, the newly -// constructed token will share a reference to the {@link //text} field and -// the {@link Pair} stored in {@link //source}. Otherwise, {@link //text} will -// be assigned the result of calling {@link //GetText}, and {@link //source} -// will be constructed from the result of {@link Token//GetTokenSource} and -// {@link Token//GetInputStream}.
-// -// @param oldToken The token to copy. -func (c *CommonToken) clone() *CommonToken { - t := NewCommonToken(c.source, c.tokenType, c.channel, c.start, c.stop) - t.tokenIndex = c.GetTokenIndex() - t.line = c.GetLine() - t.column = c.GetColumn() - t.text = c.GetText() - return t -} - -func (c *CommonToken) GetText() string { - if c.text != "" { - return c.text - } - input := c.GetInputStream() - if input == nil { - return "" - } - n := input.Size() - if c.start < n && c.stop < n { - return input.GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(c.start, c.stop)) - } - return "-// You can insert stuff, replace, and delete chunks. Note that the operations -// are done lazily--only if you convert the buffer to a {@link String} with -// {@link TokenStream#getText()}. This is very efficient because you are not -// moving data around all the time. As the buffer of tokens is converted to -// strings, the {@link #getText()} method(s) scan the input token stream and -// check to see if there is an operation at the current index. If so, the -// operation is done and then normal {@link String} rendering continues on the -// buffer. This is like having multiple Turing machine instruction streams -// (programs) operating on a single input tape. :)
-//- -// This rewriter makes no modifications to the token stream. It does not ask the -// stream to fill itself up nor does it advance the input cursor. The token -// stream {@link TokenStream#index()} will return the same value before and -// after any {@link #getText()} call.
- -//-// The rewriter only works on tokens that you have in the buffer and ignores the -// current input cursor. If you are buffering tokens on-demand, calling -// {@link #getText()} halfway through the input will only do rewrites for those -// tokens in the first half of the file.
- -//-// Since the operations are done lazily at {@link #getText}-time, operations do -// not screw up the token index values. That is, an insert operation at token -// index {@code i} does not change the index values for tokens -// {@code i}+1..n-1.
- -//-// Because operations never actually alter the buffer, you may always get the -// original token stream back without undoing anything. Since the instructions -// are queued up, you can easily simulate transactions and roll back any changes -// if there is an error just by removing instructions. For example,
- -//
-// CharStream input = new ANTLRFileStream("input");
-// TLexer lex = new TLexer(input);
-// CommonTokenStream tokens = new CommonTokenStream(lex);
-// T parser = new T(tokens);
-// TokenStreamRewriter rewriter = new TokenStreamRewriter(tokens);
-// parser.startRule();
-//
-
-// -// Then in the rules, you can execute (assuming rewriter is visible):
- -//-// Token t,u; -// ... -// rewriter.insertAfter(t, "text to put after t");} -// rewriter.insertAfter(u, "text after u");} -// System.out.println(rewriter.getText()); -//- -//
-// You can also have multiple "instruction streams" and get multiple rewrites -// from a single pass over the input. Just name the instruction streams and use -// that name again when printing the buffer. This could be useful for generating -// a C file and also its header file--all from the same buffer:
- -//
-// rewriter.insertAfter("pass1", t, "text to put after t");}
-// rewriter.insertAfter("pass2", u, "text after u");}
-// System.out.println(rewriter.getText("pass1"));
-// System.out.println(rewriter.getText("pass2"));
-//
-
-// -// If you don't use named rewrite streams, a "default" stream is used as the -// first example shows.
- -const ( - Default_Program_Name = "default" - Program_Init_Size = 100 - Min_Token_Index = 0 -) - -// Define the rewrite operation hierarchy - -type RewriteOperation interface { - // Execute the rewrite operation by possibly adding to the buffer. - // Return the index of the next token to operate on. - Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int - String() string - GetInstructionIndex() int - GetIndex() int - GetText() string - GetOpName() string - GetTokens() TokenStream - SetInstructionIndex(val int) - SetIndex(int) - SetText(string) - SetOpName(string) - SetTokens(TokenStream) -} - -type BaseRewriteOperation struct { - //Current index of rewrites list - instruction_index int - //Token buffer index - index int - //Substitution text - text string - //Actual operation name - op_name string - //Pointer to token steam - tokens TokenStream -} - -func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetInstructionIndex() int { - return op.instruction_index -} - -func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetIndex() int { - return op.index -} - -func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetText() string { - return op.text -} - -func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetOpName() string { - return op.op_name -} - -func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetTokens() TokenStream { - return op.tokens -} - -func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetInstructionIndex(val int) { - op.instruction_index = val -} - -func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetIndex(val int) { - op.index = val -} - -func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetText(val string) { - op.text = val -} - -func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetOpName(val string) { - op.op_name = val -} - -func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetTokens(val TokenStream) { - op.tokens = val -} - -func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int { - return op.index -} - -func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) String() string { - return fmt.Sprintf("<%s@%d:\"%s\">", - op.op_name, - op.tokens.Get(op.GetIndex()), - op.text, - ) - -} - -type InsertBeforeOp struct { - BaseRewriteOperation -} - -func NewInsertBeforeOp(index int, text string, stream TokenStream) *InsertBeforeOp { - return &InsertBeforeOp{BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{ - index: index, - text: text, - op_name: "InsertBeforeOp", - tokens: stream, - }} -} - -func (op *InsertBeforeOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int { - buffer.WriteString(op.text) - if op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetTokenType() != TokenEOF { - buffer.WriteString(op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetText()) - } - return op.index + 1 -} - -func (op *InsertBeforeOp) String() string { - return op.BaseRewriteOperation.String() -} - -// Distinguish between insert after/before to do the "insert afters" -// first and then the "insert befores" at same index. Implementation -// of "insert after" is "insert before index+1". - -type InsertAfterOp struct { - BaseRewriteOperation -} - -func NewInsertAfterOp(index int, text string, stream TokenStream) *InsertAfterOp { - return &InsertAfterOp{BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{ - index: index + 1, - text: text, - tokens: stream, - }} -} - -func (op *InsertAfterOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int { - buffer.WriteString(op.text) - if op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetTokenType() != TokenEOF { - buffer.WriteString(op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetText()) - } - return op.index + 1 -} - -func (op *InsertAfterOp) String() string { - return op.BaseRewriteOperation.String() -} - -// I'm going to try replacing range from x..y with (y-x)+1 ReplaceOp -// instructions. -type ReplaceOp struct { - BaseRewriteOperation - LastIndex int -} - -func NewReplaceOp(from, to int, text string, stream TokenStream) *ReplaceOp { - return &ReplaceOp{ - BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{ - index: from, - text: text, - op_name: "ReplaceOp", - tokens: stream, - }, - LastIndex: to, - } -} - -func (op *ReplaceOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int { - if op.text != "" { - buffer.WriteString(op.text) - } - return op.LastIndex + 1 -} - -func (op *ReplaceOp) String() string { - if op.text == "" { - return fmt.Sprintf("This is a one way link. It emanates from a state (usually via a list of -// transitions) and has a target state.
-// -//Since we never have to change the ATN transitions once we construct it, -// the states. We'll use the term Edge for the DFA to distinguish them from -// ATN transitions.
- -type Transition interface { - getTarget() ATNState - setTarget(ATNState) - getIsEpsilon() bool - getLabel() *IntervalSet - getSerializationType() int - Matches(int, int, int) bool -} - -type BaseTransition struct { - target ATNState - isEpsilon bool - label int - intervalSet *IntervalSet - serializationType int -} - -func NewBaseTransition(target ATNState) *BaseTransition { - - if target == nil { - panic("target cannot be nil.") - } - - t := new(BaseTransition) - - t.target = target - // Are we epsilon, action, sempred? - t.isEpsilon = false - t.intervalSet = nil - - return t -} - -func (t *BaseTransition) getTarget() ATNState { - return t.target -} - -func (t *BaseTransition) setTarget(s ATNState) { - t.target = s -} - -func (t *BaseTransition) getIsEpsilon() bool { - return t.isEpsilon -} - -func (t *BaseTransition) getLabel() *IntervalSet { - return t.intervalSet -} - -func (t *BaseTransition) getSerializationType() int { - return t.serializationType -} - -func (t *BaseTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { - panic("Not implemented") -} - -const ( - TransitionEPSILON = 1 - TransitionRANGE = 2 - TransitionRULE = 3 - TransitionPREDICATE = 4 // e.g., {isType(input.LT(1))}? - TransitionATOM = 5 - TransitionACTION = 6 - TransitionSET = 7 // ~(A|B) or ~atom, wildcard, which convert to next 2 - TransitionNOTSET = 8 - TransitionWILDCARD = 9 - TransitionPRECEDENCE = 10 -) - -var TransitionserializationNames = []string{ - "INVALID", - "EPSILON", - "RANGE", - "RULE", - "PREDICATE", - "ATOM", - "ACTION", - "SET", - "NOT_SET", - "WILDCARD", - "PRECEDENCE", -} - -//var TransitionserializationTypes struct { -// EpsilonTransition int -// RangeTransition int -// RuleTransition int -// PredicateTransition int -// AtomTransition int -// ActionTransition int -// SetTransition int -// NotSetTransition int -// WildcardTransition int -// PrecedencePredicateTransition int -//}{ -// TransitionEPSILON, -// TransitionRANGE, -// TransitionRULE, -// TransitionPREDICATE, -// TransitionATOM, -// TransitionACTION, -// TransitionSET, -// TransitionNOTSET, -// TransitionWILDCARD, -// TransitionPRECEDENCE -//} - -// TODO: make all transitions sets? no, should remove set edges -type AtomTransition struct { - *BaseTransition -} - -func NewAtomTransition(target ATNState, intervalSet int) *AtomTransition { - - t := new(AtomTransition) - t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) - - t.label = intervalSet // The token type or character value or, signifies special intervalSet. - t.intervalSet = t.makeLabel() - t.serializationType = TransitionATOM - - return t -} - -func (t *AtomTransition) makeLabel() *IntervalSet { - s := NewIntervalSet() - s.addOne(t.label) - return s -} - -func (t *AtomTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { - return t.label == symbol -} - -func (t *AtomTransition) String() string { - return strconv.Itoa(t.label) -} - -type RuleTransition struct { - *BaseTransition - - followState ATNState - ruleIndex, precedence int -} - -func NewRuleTransition(ruleStart ATNState, ruleIndex, precedence int, followState ATNState) *RuleTransition { - - t := new(RuleTransition) - t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(ruleStart) - - t.ruleIndex = ruleIndex - t.precedence = precedence - t.followState = followState - t.serializationType = TransitionRULE - t.isEpsilon = true - - return t -} - -func (t *RuleTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { - return false -} - -type EpsilonTransition struct { - *BaseTransition - - outermostPrecedenceReturn int -} - -func NewEpsilonTransition(target ATNState, outermostPrecedenceReturn int) *EpsilonTransition { - - t := new(EpsilonTransition) - t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) - - t.serializationType = TransitionEPSILON - t.isEpsilon = true - t.outermostPrecedenceReturn = outermostPrecedenceReturn - return t -} - -func (t *EpsilonTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { - return false -} - -func (t *EpsilonTransition) String() string { - return "epsilon" -} - -type RangeTransition struct { - *BaseTransition - - start, stop int -} - -func NewRangeTransition(target ATNState, start, stop int) *RangeTransition { - - t := new(RangeTransition) - t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) - - t.serializationType = TransitionRANGE - t.start = start - t.stop = stop - t.intervalSet = t.makeLabel() - return t -} - -func (t *RangeTransition) makeLabel() *IntervalSet { - s := NewIntervalSet() - s.addRange(t.start, t.stop) - return s -} - -func (t *RangeTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { - return symbol >= t.start && symbol <= t.stop -} - -func (t *RangeTransition) String() string { - var sb strings.Builder - sb.WriteByte('\'') - sb.WriteRune(rune(t.start)) - sb.WriteString("'..'") - sb.WriteRune(rune(t.stop)) - sb.WriteByte('\'') - return sb.String() -} - -type AbstractPredicateTransition interface { - Transition - IAbstractPredicateTransitionFoo() -} - -type BaseAbstractPredicateTransition struct { - *BaseTransition -} - -func NewBasePredicateTransition(target ATNState) *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition { - - t := new(BaseAbstractPredicateTransition) - t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) - - return t -} - -func (a *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition) IAbstractPredicateTransitionFoo() {} - -type PredicateTransition struct { - *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition - - isCtxDependent bool - ruleIndex, predIndex int -} - -func NewPredicateTransition(target ATNState, ruleIndex, predIndex int, isCtxDependent bool) *PredicateTransition { - - t := new(PredicateTransition) - t.BaseAbstractPredicateTransition = NewBasePredicateTransition(target) - - t.serializationType = TransitionPREDICATE - t.ruleIndex = ruleIndex - t.predIndex = predIndex - t.isCtxDependent = isCtxDependent // e.g., $i ref in pred - t.isEpsilon = true - return t -} - -func (t *PredicateTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { - return false -} - -func (t *PredicateTransition) getPredicate() *Predicate { - return NewPredicate(t.ruleIndex, t.predIndex, t.isCtxDependent) -} - -func (t *PredicateTransition) String() string { - return "pred_" + strconv.Itoa(t.ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(t.predIndex) -} - -type ActionTransition struct { - *BaseTransition - - isCtxDependent bool - ruleIndex, actionIndex, predIndex int -} - -func NewActionTransition(target ATNState, ruleIndex, actionIndex int, isCtxDependent bool) *ActionTransition { - - t := new(ActionTransition) - t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) - - t.serializationType = TransitionACTION - t.ruleIndex = ruleIndex - t.actionIndex = actionIndex - t.isCtxDependent = isCtxDependent // e.g., $i ref in pred - t.isEpsilon = true - return t -} - -func (t *ActionTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { - return false -} - -func (t *ActionTransition) String() string { - return "action_" + strconv.Itoa(t.ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(t.actionIndex) -} - -type SetTransition struct { - *BaseTransition -} - -func NewSetTransition(target ATNState, set *IntervalSet) *SetTransition { - - t := new(SetTransition) - t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) - - t.serializationType = TransitionSET - if set != nil { - t.intervalSet = set - } else { - t.intervalSet = NewIntervalSet() - t.intervalSet.addOne(TokenInvalidType) - } - - return t -} - -func (t *SetTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { - return t.intervalSet.contains(symbol) -} - -func (t *SetTransition) String() string { - return t.intervalSet.String() -} - -type NotSetTransition struct { - *SetTransition -} - -func NewNotSetTransition(target ATNState, set *IntervalSet) *NotSetTransition { - - t := new(NotSetTransition) - - t.SetTransition = NewSetTransition(target, set) - - t.serializationType = TransitionNOTSET - - return t -} - -func (t *NotSetTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { - return symbol >= minVocabSymbol && symbol <= maxVocabSymbol && !t.intervalSet.contains(symbol) -} - -func (t *NotSetTransition) String() string { - return "~" + t.intervalSet.String() -} - -type WildcardTransition struct { - *BaseTransition -} - -func NewWildcardTransition(target ATNState) *WildcardTransition { - - t := new(WildcardTransition) - t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) - - t.serializationType = TransitionWILDCARD - return t -} - -func (t *WildcardTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { - return symbol >= minVocabSymbol && symbol <= maxVocabSymbol -} - -func (t *WildcardTransition) String() string { - return "." -} - -type PrecedencePredicateTransition struct { - *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition - - precedence int -} - -func NewPrecedencePredicateTransition(target ATNState, precedence int) *PrecedencePredicateTransition { - - t := new(PrecedencePredicateTransition) - t.BaseAbstractPredicateTransition = NewBasePredicateTransition(target) - - t.serializationType = TransitionPRECEDENCE - t.precedence = precedence - t.isEpsilon = true - - return t -} - -func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { - return false -} - -func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) getPredicate() *PrecedencePredicate { - return NewPrecedencePredicate(t.precedence) -} - -func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) String() string { - return fmt.Sprint(t.precedence) + " >= _p" -} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/tree.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/tree.go deleted file mode 100644 index 85b4f137b..000000000 --- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/tree.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,253 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. -// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that -// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. - -package antlr - -// The basic notion of a tree has a parent, a payload, and a list of children. -// It is the most abstract interface for all the trees used by ANTLR. -/// - -var TreeInvalidInterval = NewInterval(-1, -2) - -type Tree interface { - GetParent() Tree - SetParent(Tree) - GetPayload() interface{} - GetChild(i int) Tree - GetChildCount() int - GetChildren() []Tree -} - -type SyntaxTree interface { - Tree - - GetSourceInterval() *Interval -} - -type ParseTree interface { - SyntaxTree - - Accept(Visitor ParseTreeVisitor) interface{} - GetText() string - - ToStringTree([]string, Recognizer) string -} - -type RuleNode interface { - ParseTree - - GetRuleContext() RuleContext - GetBaseRuleContext() *BaseRuleContext -} - -type TerminalNode interface { - ParseTree - - GetSymbol() Token -} - -type ErrorNode interface { - TerminalNode - - errorNode() -} - -type ParseTreeVisitor interface { - Visit(tree ParseTree) interface{} - VisitChildren(node RuleNode) interface{} - VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) interface{} - VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) interface{} -} - -type BaseParseTreeVisitor struct{} - -var _ ParseTreeVisitor = &BaseParseTreeVisitor{} - -func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) Visit(tree ParseTree) interface{} { return tree.Accept(v) } -func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitChildren(node RuleNode) interface{} { return nil } -func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) interface{} { return nil } -func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) interface{} { return nil } - -// TODO -//func (this ParseTreeVisitor) Visit(ctx) { -// if (Utils.isArray(ctx)) { -// self := this -// return ctx.map(function(child) { return VisitAtom(self, child)}) -// } else { -// return VisitAtom(this, ctx) -// } -//} -// -//func VisitAtom(Visitor, ctx) { -// if (ctx.parser == nil) { //is terminal -// return -// } -// -// name := ctx.parser.ruleNames[ctx.ruleIndex] -// funcName := "Visit" + Utils.titleCase(name) -// -// return Visitor[funcName](ctx) -//} - -type ParseTreeListener interface { - VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) - VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) - EnterEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext) - ExitEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext) -} - -type BaseParseTreeListener struct{} - -var _ ParseTreeListener = &BaseParseTreeListener{} - -func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) {} -func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) {} -func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) EnterEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext) {} -func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) ExitEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext) {} - -type TerminalNodeImpl struct { - parentCtx RuleContext - - symbol Token -} - -var _ TerminalNode = &TerminalNodeImpl{} - -func NewTerminalNodeImpl(symbol Token) *TerminalNodeImpl { - tn := new(TerminalNodeImpl) - - tn.parentCtx = nil - tn.symbol = symbol - - return tn -} - -func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChild(i int) Tree { - return nil -} - -func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChildren() []Tree { - return nil -} - -func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) SetChildren(tree []Tree) { - panic("Cannot set children on terminal node") -} - -func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetSymbol() Token { - return t.symbol -} - -func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetParent() Tree { - return t.parentCtx -} - -func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) SetParent(tree Tree) { - t.parentCtx = tree.(RuleContext) -} - -func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetPayload() interface{} { - return t.symbol -} - -func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetSourceInterval() *Interval { - if t.symbol == nil { - return TreeInvalidInterval - } - tokenIndex := t.symbol.GetTokenIndex() - return NewInterval(tokenIndex, tokenIndex) -} - -func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChildCount() int { - return 0 -} - -func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) Accept(v ParseTreeVisitor) interface{} { - return v.VisitTerminal(t) -} - -func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetText() string { - return t.symbol.GetText() -} - -func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) String() string { - if t.symbol.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF { - return "The default implementation simply calls {@link //endErrorCondition} to +// ensure that the handler is not in error recovery mode.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) reset(recognizer Parser) { + d.endErrorCondition(recognizer) +} + +// This method is called to enter error recovery mode when a recognition +// exception is Reported. +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) beginErrorCondition(_ Parser) { + d.errorRecoveryMode = true +} + +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) InErrorRecoveryMode(_ Parser) bool { + return d.errorRecoveryMode +} + +// This method is called to leave error recovery mode after recovering from +// a recognition exception. +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) endErrorCondition(_ Parser) { + d.errorRecoveryMode = false + d.lastErrorStates = nil + d.lastErrorIndex = -1 +} + +// ReportMatch is the default implementation of error matching and simply calls endErrorCondition. +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportMatch(recognizer Parser) { + d.endErrorCondition(recognizer) +} + +// ReportError is the default implementation of error reporting. +// It returns immediately if the handler is already +// in error recovery mode. Otherwise, it calls [beginErrorCondition] +// and dispatches the Reporting task based on the runtime type of e +// according to the following table. +// +// [NoViableAltException] : Dispatches the call to [ReportNoViableAlternative] +// [InputMisMatchException] : Dispatches the call to [ReportInputMisMatch] +// [FailedPredicateException] : Dispatches the call to [ReportFailedPredicate] +// All other types : Calls [NotifyErrorListeners] to Report the exception +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportError(recognizer Parser, e RecognitionException) { + // if we've already Reported an error and have not Matched a token + // yet successfully, don't Report any errors. + if d.InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer) { + return // don't Report spurious errors + } + d.beginErrorCondition(recognizer) + + switch t := e.(type) { + default: + fmt.Println("unknown recognition error type: " + reflect.TypeOf(e).Name()) + // fmt.Println(e.stack) + recognizer.NotifyErrorListeners(e.GetMessage(), e.GetOffendingToken(), e) + case *NoViableAltException: + d.ReportNoViableAlternative(recognizer, t) + case *InputMisMatchException: + d.ReportInputMisMatch(recognizer, t) + case *FailedPredicateException: + d.ReportFailedPredicate(recognizer, t) + } +} + +// Recover is the default recovery implementation. +// It reSynchronizes the parser by consuming tokens until we find one in the reSynchronization set - +// loosely the set of tokens that can follow the current rule. +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) Recover(recognizer Parser, _ RecognitionException) { + + if d.lastErrorIndex == recognizer.GetInputStream().Index() && + d.lastErrorStates != nil && d.lastErrorStates.contains(recognizer.GetState()) { + // uh oh, another error at same token index and previously-Visited + // state in ATN must be a case where LT(1) is in the recovery + // token set so nothing got consumed. Consume a single token + // at least to prevent an infinite loop d is a failsafe. + recognizer.Consume() + } + d.lastErrorIndex = recognizer.GetInputStream().Index() + if d.lastErrorStates == nil { + d.lastErrorStates = NewIntervalSet() + } + d.lastErrorStates.addOne(recognizer.GetState()) + followSet := d.GetErrorRecoverySet(recognizer) + d.consumeUntil(recognizer, followSet) +} + +// Sync is the default implementation of error strategy synchronization. +// +// This Sync makes sure that the current lookahead symbol is consistent with what were expecting +// at this point in the [ATN]. You can call this anytime but ANTLR only +// generates code to check before sub-rules/loops and each iteration. +// +// Implements [Jim Idle]'s magic Sync mechanism in closures and optional +// sub-rules. E.g.: +// +// a : Sync ( stuff Sync )* +// Sync : {consume to what can follow Sync} +// +// At the start of a sub-rule upon error, Sync performs single +// token deletion, if possible. If it can't do that, it bails on the current +// rule and uses the default error recovery, which consumes until the +// reSynchronization set of the current rule. +// +// If the sub-rule is optional +// +// ({@code (...)?}, {@code (...)*}, +// +// or a block with an empty alternative), then the expected set includes what follows +// the sub-rule. +// +// During loop iteration, it consumes until it sees a token that can start a +// sub-rule or what follows loop. Yes, that is pretty aggressive. We opt to +// stay in the loop as long as possible. +// +// # Origins +// +// Previous versions of ANTLR did a poor job of their recovery within loops. +// A single mismatch token or missing token would force the parser to bail +// out of the entire rules surrounding the loop. So, for rule: +// +// classfunc : 'class' ID '{' member* '}' +// +// input with an extra token between members would force the parser to +// consume until it found the next class definition rather than the next +// member definition of the current class. +// +// This functionality cost a bit of effort because the parser has to +// compare the token set at the start of the loop and at each iteration. If for +// some reason speed is suffering for you, you can turn off this +// functionality by simply overriding this method as empty: +// +// { } +// +// [Jim Idle]: https://github.com/jimidle +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) Sync(recognizer Parser) { + // If already recovering, don't try to Sync + if d.InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer) { + return + } + + s := recognizer.GetInterpreter().atn.states[recognizer.GetState()] + la := recognizer.GetTokenStream().LA(1) + + // try cheaper subset first might get lucky. seems to shave a wee bit off + nextTokens := recognizer.GetATN().NextTokens(s, nil) + if nextTokens.contains(TokenEpsilon) || nextTokens.contains(la) { + return + } + + switch s.GetStateType() { + case ATNStateBlockStart, ATNStateStarBlockStart, ATNStatePlusBlockStart, ATNStateStarLoopEntry: + // Report error and recover if possible + if d.SingleTokenDeletion(recognizer) != nil { + return + } + recognizer.SetError(NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer)) + case ATNStatePlusLoopBack, ATNStateStarLoopBack: + d.ReportUnwantedToken(recognizer) + expecting := NewIntervalSet() + expecting.addSet(recognizer.GetExpectedTokens()) + whatFollowsLoopIterationOrRule := expecting.addSet(d.GetErrorRecoverySet(recognizer)) + d.consumeUntil(recognizer, whatFollowsLoopIterationOrRule) + default: + // do nothing if we can't identify the exact kind of ATN state + } +} + +// ReportNoViableAlternative is called by [ReportError] when the exception is a [NoViableAltException]. +// +// See also [ReportError] +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportNoViableAlternative(recognizer Parser, e *NoViableAltException) { + tokens := recognizer.GetTokenStream() + var input string + if tokens != nil { + if e.startToken.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF { + input = "If the state number is not known, b method returns -1.
+ +// getExpectedTokens gets the set of input symbols which could potentially follow the +// previously Matched symbol at the time this exception was raised. +// +// If the set of expected tokens is not known and could not be computed, +// this method returns nil. +// +// The func returns the set of token types that could potentially follow the current +// state in the {ATN}, or nil if the information is not available. + +func (b *BaseRecognitionException) getExpectedTokens() *IntervalSet { + if b.recognizer != nil { + return b.recognizer.GetATN().getExpectedTokens(b.offendingState, b.ctx) + } + + return nil +} + +func (b *BaseRecognitionException) String() string { + return b.message +} + +type LexerNoViableAltException struct { + *BaseRecognitionException + + startIndex int + deadEndConfigs *ATNConfigSet +} + +func NewLexerNoViableAltException(lexer Lexer, input CharStream, startIndex int, deadEndConfigs *ATNConfigSet) *LexerNoViableAltException { + + l := new(LexerNoViableAltException) + + l.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException("", lexer, input, nil) + + l.startIndex = startIndex + l.deadEndConfigs = deadEndConfigs + + return l +} + +func (l *LexerNoViableAltException) String() string { + symbol := "" + if l.startIndex >= 0 && l.startIndex < l.input.Size() { + symbol = l.input.(CharStream).GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(l.startIndex, l.startIndex)) + } + return "LexerNoViableAltException" + symbol +} + +type NoViableAltException struct { + *BaseRecognitionException + + startToken Token + offendingToken Token + ctx ParserRuleContext + deadEndConfigs *ATNConfigSet +} + +// NewNoViableAltException creates an exception indicating that the parser could not decide which of two or more paths +// to take based upon the remaining input. It tracks the starting token +// of the offending input and also knows where the parser was +// in the various paths when the error. +// +// Reported by [ReportNoViableAlternative] +func NewNoViableAltException(recognizer Parser, input TokenStream, startToken Token, offendingToken Token, deadEndConfigs *ATNConfigSet, ctx ParserRuleContext) *NoViableAltException { + + if ctx == nil { + ctx = recognizer.GetParserRuleContext() + } + + if offendingToken == nil { + offendingToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken() + } + + if startToken == nil { + startToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken() + } + + if input == nil { + input = recognizer.GetInputStream().(TokenStream) + } + + n := new(NoViableAltException) + n.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException("", recognizer, input, ctx) + + // Which configurations did we try at input.Index() that couldn't Match + // input.LT(1) + n.deadEndConfigs = deadEndConfigs + + // The token object at the start index the input stream might + // not be buffering tokens so get a reference to it. + // + // At the time the error occurred, of course the stream needs to keep a + // buffer of all the tokens, but later we might not have access to those. + n.startToken = startToken + n.offendingToken = offendingToken + + return n +} + +type InputMisMatchException struct { + *BaseRecognitionException +} + +// NewInputMisMatchException creates an exception that signifies any kind of mismatched input exceptions such as +// when the current input does not Match the expected token. +func NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer Parser) *InputMisMatchException { + + i := new(InputMisMatchException) + i.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException("", recognizer, recognizer.GetInputStream(), recognizer.GetParserRuleContext()) + + i.offendingToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken() + + return i + +} + +// FailedPredicateException indicates that a semantic predicate failed during validation. Validation of predicates +// occurs when normally parsing the alternative just like Matching a token. +// Disambiguating predicate evaluation occurs when we test a predicate during +// prediction. +type FailedPredicateException struct { + *BaseRecognitionException + + ruleIndex int + predicateIndex int + predicate string +} + +//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction +func NewFailedPredicateException(recognizer Parser, predicate string, message string) *FailedPredicateException { + + f := new(FailedPredicateException) + + f.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException(f.formatMessage(predicate, message), recognizer, recognizer.GetInputStream(), recognizer.GetParserRuleContext()) + + s := recognizer.GetInterpreter().atn.states[recognizer.GetState()] + trans := s.GetTransitions()[0] + if trans2, ok := trans.(*PredicateTransition); ok { + f.ruleIndex = trans2.ruleIndex + f.predicateIndex = trans2.predIndex + } else { + f.ruleIndex = 0 + f.predicateIndex = 0 + } + f.predicate = predicate + f.offendingToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken() + + return f +} + +func (f *FailedPredicateException) formatMessage(predicate, message string) string { + if message != "" { + return message + } + + return "failed predicate: {" + predicate + "}?" +} + +type ParseCancellationException struct { +} + +func (p ParseCancellationException) GetOffendingToken() Token { + //TODO implement me + panic("implement me") +} + +func (p ParseCancellationException) GetMessage() string { + //TODO implement me + panic("implement me") +} + +func (p ParseCancellationException) GetInputStream() IntStream { + //TODO implement me + panic("implement me") +} + +func NewParseCancellationException() *ParseCancellationException { + // Error.call(this) + // Error.captureStackTrace(this, ParseCancellationException) + return new(ParseCancellationException) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/file_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/file_stream.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f65f809b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/file_stream.go @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "bufio" + "os" +) + +// This is an InputStream that is loaded from a file all at once +// when you construct the object. + +type FileStream struct { + InputStream + filename string +} + +//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction +func NewFileStream(fileName string) (*FileStream, error) { + + f, err := os.Open(fileName) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + defer func(f *os.File) { + errF := f.Close() + if errF != nil { + } + }(f) + + reader := bufio.NewReader(f) + fInfo, err := f.Stat() + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + fs := &FileStream{ + InputStream: InputStream{ + index: 0, + name: fileName, + }, + filename: fileName, + } + + // Pre-build the buffer and read runes efficiently + // + fs.data = make([]rune, 0, fInfo.Size()) + for { + r, _, err := reader.ReadRune() + if err != nil { + break + } + fs.data = append(fs.data, r) + } + fs.size = len(fs.data) // Size in runes + + // All done. + // + return fs, nil +} + +func (f *FileStream) GetSourceName() string { + return f.filename +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/input_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/input_stream.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b737fe85f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/input_stream.go @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "bufio" + "io" +) + +type InputStream struct { + name string + index int + data []rune + size int +} + +// NewIoStream creates a new input stream from the given io.Reader reader. +// Note that the reader is read completely into memory and so it must actually +// have a stopping point - you cannot pass in a reader on an open-ended source such +// as a socket for instance. +func NewIoStream(reader io.Reader) *InputStream { + + rReader := bufio.NewReader(reader) + + is := &InputStream{ + name: "The {@code Skip} command does not have any parameters, so l action is -// implemented as a singleton instance exposed by {@link //INSTANCE}.
+// The Skip command does not have any parameters, so this action is +// implemented as a singleton instance exposed by the [LexerSkipActionINSTANCE]. type LexerSkipAction struct { *BaseLexerAction } @@ -73,17 +90,22 @@ func NewLexerSkipAction() *LexerSkipAction { return la } -// Provides a singleton instance of l parameterless lexer action. +// LexerSkipActionINSTANCE provides a singleton instance of this parameterless lexer action. var LexerSkipActionINSTANCE = NewLexerSkipAction() func (l *LexerSkipAction) execute(lexer Lexer) { lexer.Skip() } +// String returns a string representation of the current [LexerSkipAction]. func (l *LexerSkipAction) String() string { return "skip" } +func (b *LexerSkipAction) Equals(other LexerAction) bool { + return other.getActionType() == LexerActionTypeSkip +} + // Implements the {@code type} lexer action by calling {@link Lexer//setType} // // with the assigned type. @@ -125,11 +147,10 @@ func (l *LexerTypeAction) String() string { return "actionType(" + strconv.Itoa(l.thetype) + ")" } -// Implements the {@code pushMode} lexer action by calling -// {@link Lexer//pushMode} with the assigned mode. +// LexerPushModeAction implements the pushMode lexer action by calling +// [Lexer.pushMode] with the assigned mode. type LexerPushModeAction struct { *BaseLexerAction - mode int } @@ -169,10 +190,10 @@ func (l *LexerPushModeAction) String() string { return "pushMode(" + strconv.Itoa(l.mode) + ")" } -// Implements the {@code popMode} lexer action by calling {@link Lexer//popMode}. +// LexerPopModeAction implements the popMode lexer action by calling [Lexer.popMode]. // -//The {@code popMode} command does not have any parameters, so l action is -// implemented as a singleton instance exposed by {@link //INSTANCE}.
+// The popMode command does not have any parameters, so this action is +// implemented as a singleton instance exposed by [LexerPopModeActionINSTANCE] type LexerPopModeAction struct { *BaseLexerAction } @@ -224,11 +245,10 @@ func (l *LexerMoreAction) String() string { return "more" } -// Implements the {@code mode} lexer action by calling {@link Lexer//mode} with +// LexerModeAction implements the mode lexer action by calling [Lexer.mode] with // the assigned mode. type LexerModeAction struct { *BaseLexerAction - mode int } @@ -322,16 +342,19 @@ func (l *LexerCustomAction) Equals(other LexerAction) bool { } } -// Implements the {@code channel} lexer action by calling -// {@link Lexer//setChannel} with the assigned channel. -// Constructs a New{@code channel} action with the specified channel value. -// @param channel The channel value to pass to {@link Lexer//setChannel}. +// LexerChannelAction implements the channel lexer action by calling +// [Lexer.setChannel] with the assigned channel. +// +// Constructs a new channel action with the specified channel value. type LexerChannelAction struct { *BaseLexerAction - channel int } +// NewLexerChannelAction creates a channel lexer action by calling +// [Lexer.setChannel] with the assigned channel. +// +// Constructs a new channel action with the specified channel value. func NewLexerChannelAction(channel int) *LexerChannelAction { l := new(LexerChannelAction) l.BaseLexerAction = NewBaseLexerAction(LexerActionTypeChannel) @@ -375,25 +398,22 @@ func (l *LexerChannelAction) String() string { // lexer actions, see {@link LexerActionExecutor//append} and // {@link LexerActionExecutor//fixOffsetBeforeMatch}. -// Constructs a Newindexed custom action by associating a character offset -// with a {@link LexerAction}. -// -//Note: This class is only required for lexer actions for which -// {@link LexerAction//isPositionDependent} returns {@code true}.
-// -// @param offset The offset into the input {@link CharStream}, relative to -// the token start index, at which the specified lexer action should be -// executed. -// @param action The lexer action to execute at a particular offset in the -// input {@link CharStream}. type LexerIndexedCustomAction struct { *BaseLexerAction - offset int lexerAction LexerAction isPositionDependent bool } +// NewLexerIndexedCustomAction constructs a new indexed custom action by associating a character offset +// with a [LexerAction]. +// +// Note: This class is only required for lexer actions for which +// [LexerAction.isPositionDependent] returns true. +// +// The offset points into the input [CharStream], relative to +// the token start index, at which the specified lexerAction should be +// executed. func NewLexerIndexedCustomAction(offset int, lexerAction LexerAction) *LexerIndexedCustomAction { l := new(LexerIndexedCustomAction) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_action_executor.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_action_executor.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dfc28c32b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_action_executor.go @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import "golang.org/x/exp/slices" + +// Represents an executor for a sequence of lexer actions which traversed during +// the Matching operation of a lexer rule (token). +// +//The executor tracks position information for position-dependent lexer actions +// efficiently, ensuring that actions appearing only at the end of the rule do +// not cause bloating of the {@link DFA} created for the lexer.
+ +type LexerActionExecutor struct { + lexerActions []LexerAction + cachedHash int +} + +func NewLexerActionExecutor(lexerActions []LexerAction) *LexerActionExecutor { + + if lexerActions == nil { + lexerActions = make([]LexerAction, 0) + } + + l := new(LexerActionExecutor) + + l.lexerActions = lexerActions + + // Caches the result of {@link //hashCode} since the hash code is an element + // of the performance-critical {@link ATNConfig//hashCode} operation. + l.cachedHash = murmurInit(0) + for _, a := range lexerActions { + l.cachedHash = murmurUpdate(l.cachedHash, a.Hash()) + } + l.cachedHash = murmurFinish(l.cachedHash, len(lexerActions)) + + return l +} + +// LexerActionExecutorappend creates a [LexerActionExecutor] which executes the actions for +// the input [LexerActionExecutor] followed by a specified +// [LexerAction]. +// TODO: This does not match the Java code +func LexerActionExecutorappend(lexerActionExecutor *LexerActionExecutor, lexerAction LexerAction) *LexerActionExecutor { + if lexerActionExecutor == nil { + return NewLexerActionExecutor([]LexerAction{lexerAction}) + } + + return NewLexerActionExecutor(append(lexerActionExecutor.lexerActions, lexerAction)) +} + +// fixOffsetBeforeMatch creates a [LexerActionExecutor] which encodes the current offset +// for position-dependent lexer actions. +// +// Normally, when the executor encounters lexer actions where +// [LexerAction.isPositionDependent] returns true, it calls +// [IntStream.Seek] on the input [CharStream] to set the input +// position to the end of the current token. This behavior provides +// for efficient [DFA] representation of lexer actions which appear at the end +// of a lexer rule, even when the lexer rule Matches a variable number of +// characters. +// +// Prior to traversing a Match transition in the [ATN], the current offset +// from the token start index is assigned to all position-dependent lexer +// actions which have not already been assigned a fixed offset. By storing +// the offsets relative to the token start index, the [DFA] representation of +// lexer actions which appear in the middle of tokens remains efficient due +// to sharing among tokens of the same Length, regardless of their absolute +// position in the input stream. +// +// If the current executor already has offsets assigned to all +// position-dependent lexer actions, the method returns this instance. +// +// The offset is assigned to all position-dependent +// lexer actions which do not already have offsets assigned. +// +// The func returns a [LexerActionExecutor] that stores input stream offsets +// for all position-dependent lexer actions. +func (l *LexerActionExecutor) fixOffsetBeforeMatch(offset int) *LexerActionExecutor { + var updatedLexerActions []LexerAction + for i := 0; i < len(l.lexerActions); i++ { + _, ok := l.lexerActions[i].(*LexerIndexedCustomAction) + if l.lexerActions[i].getIsPositionDependent() && !ok { + if updatedLexerActions == nil { + updatedLexerActions = make([]LexerAction, 0, len(l.lexerActions)) + updatedLexerActions = append(updatedLexerActions, l.lexerActions...) + } + updatedLexerActions[i] = NewLexerIndexedCustomAction(offset, l.lexerActions[i]) + } + } + if updatedLexerActions == nil { + return l + } + + return NewLexerActionExecutor(updatedLexerActions) +} + +// Execute the actions encapsulated by l executor within the context of a +// particular {@link Lexer}. +// +//This method calls {@link IntStream//seek} to set the position of the +// {@code input} {@link CharStream} prior to calling +// {@link LexerAction//execute} on a position-dependent action. Before the +// method returns, the input position will be restored to the same position +// it was in when the method was invoked.
+// +// @param lexer The lexer instance. +// @param input The input stream which is the source for the current token. +// When l method is called, the current {@link IntStream//index} for +// {@code input} should be the start of the following token, i.e. 1 +// character past the end of the current token. +// @param startIndex The token start index. This value may be passed to +// {@link IntStream//seek} to set the {@code input} position to the beginning +// of the token. +// / +func (l *LexerActionExecutor) execute(lexer Lexer, input CharStream, startIndex int) { + requiresSeek := false + stopIndex := input.Index() + + defer func() { + if requiresSeek { + input.Seek(stopIndex) + } + }() + + for i := 0; i < len(l.lexerActions); i++ { + lexerAction := l.lexerActions[i] + if la, ok := lexerAction.(*LexerIndexedCustomAction); ok { + offset := la.offset + input.Seek(startIndex + offset) + lexerAction = la.lexerAction + requiresSeek = (startIndex + offset) != stopIndex + } else if lexerAction.getIsPositionDependent() { + input.Seek(stopIndex) + requiresSeek = false + } + lexerAction.execute(lexer) + } +} + +func (l *LexerActionExecutor) Hash() int { + if l == nil { + // TODO: Why is this here? l should not be nil + return 61 + } + + // TODO: This is created from the action itself when the struct is created - will this be an issue at some point? Java uses the runtime assign hashcode + return l.cachedHash +} + +func (l *LexerActionExecutor) Equals(other interface{}) bool { + if l == other { + return true + } + othert, ok := other.(*LexerActionExecutor) + if !ok { + return false + } + if othert == nil { + return false + } + if l.cachedHash != othert.cachedHash { + return false + } + if len(l.lexerActions) != len(othert.lexerActions) { + return false + } + return slices.EqualFunc(l.lexerActions, othert.lexerActions, func(i, j LexerAction) bool { + return i.Equals(j) + }) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go similarity index 80% rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go index c573b7521..fe938b025 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go @@ -10,10 +10,8 @@ import ( "strings" ) +//goland:noinspection GoUnusedGlobalVariable var ( - LexerATNSimulatorDebug = false - LexerATNSimulatorDFADebug = false - LexerATNSimulatorMinDFAEdge = 0 LexerATNSimulatorMaxDFAEdge = 127 // forces unicode to stay in ATN @@ -32,11 +30,11 @@ type ILexerATNSimulator interface { } type LexerATNSimulator struct { - *BaseATNSimulator + BaseATNSimulator recog Lexer predictionMode int - mergeCache DoubleDict + mergeCache *JPCMap2 startIndex int Line int CharPositionInLine int @@ -46,27 +44,35 @@ type LexerATNSimulator struct { } func NewLexerATNSimulator(recog Lexer, atn *ATN, decisionToDFA []*DFA, sharedContextCache *PredictionContextCache) *LexerATNSimulator { - l := new(LexerATNSimulator) - - l.BaseATNSimulator = NewBaseATNSimulator(atn, sharedContextCache) + l := &LexerATNSimulator{ + BaseATNSimulator: BaseATNSimulator{ + atn: atn, + sharedContextCache: sharedContextCache, + }, + } l.decisionToDFA = decisionToDFA l.recog = recog + // The current token's starting index into the character stream. // Shared across DFA to ATN simulation in case the ATN fails and the // DFA did not have a previous accept state. In l case, we use the // ATN-generated exception object. l.startIndex = -1 - // line number 1..n within the input/// + + // line number 1..n within the input l.Line = 1 + // The index of the character relative to the beginning of the line - // 0..n-1/// + // 0..n-1 l.CharPositionInLine = 0 + l.mode = LexerDefaultMode + // Used during DFA/ATN exec to record the most recent accept configuration // info l.prevAccept = NewSimState() - // done + return l } @@ -114,7 +120,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) reset() { func (l *LexerATNSimulator) MatchATN(input CharStream) int { startState := l.atn.modeToStartState[l.mode] - if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug { fmt.Println("MatchATN mode " + strconv.Itoa(l.mode) + " start: " + startState.String()) } oldMode := l.mode @@ -126,7 +132,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) MatchATN(input CharStream) int { predict := l.execATN(input, next) - if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug { fmt.Println("DFA after MatchATN: " + l.decisionToDFA[oldMode].ToLexerString()) } return predict @@ -134,18 +140,18 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) MatchATN(input CharStream) int { func (l *LexerATNSimulator) execATN(input CharStream, ds0 *DFAState) int { - if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug { fmt.Println("start state closure=" + ds0.configs.String()) } if ds0.isAcceptState { - // allow zero-length tokens + // allow zero-Length tokens l.captureSimState(l.prevAccept, input, ds0) } t := input.LA(1) s := ds0 // s is current/from DFA state for { // while more work - if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug { fmt.Println("execATN loop starting closure: " + s.configs.String()) } @@ -188,7 +194,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) execATN(input CharStream, ds0 *DFAState) int { } } t = input.LA(1) - s = target // flip current DFA target becomes Newsrc/from state + s = target // flip current DFA target becomes new src/from state } return l.failOrAccept(l.prevAccept, input, s.configs, t) @@ -214,43 +220,39 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getExistingTargetState(s *DFAState, t int) *DFAState return nil } target := s.getIthEdge(t - LexerATNSimulatorMinDFAEdge) - if LexerATNSimulatorDebug && target != nil { + if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug && target != nil { fmt.Println("reuse state " + strconv.Itoa(s.stateNumber) + " edge to " + strconv.Itoa(target.stateNumber)) } return target } -// Compute a target state for an edge in the DFA, and attempt to add the -// computed state and corresponding edge to the DFA. +// computeTargetState computes a target state for an edge in the [DFA], and attempt to add the +// computed state and corresponding edge to the [DFA]. // -// @param input The input stream -// @param s The current DFA state -// @param t The next input symbol -// -// @return The computed target DFA state for the given input symbol -// {@code t}. If {@code t} does not lead to a valid DFA state, l method -// returns {@link //ERROR}. +// The func returns the computed target [DFA] state for the given input symbol t. +// If this does not lead to a valid [DFA] state, this method +// returns ATNSimulatorError. func (l *LexerATNSimulator) computeTargetState(input CharStream, s *DFAState, t int) *DFAState { reach := NewOrderedATNConfigSet() // if we don't find an existing DFA state // Fill reach starting from closure, following t transitions - l.getReachableConfigSet(input, s.configs, reach.BaseATNConfigSet, t) + l.getReachableConfigSet(input, s.configs, reach, t) if len(reach.configs) == 0 { // we got nowhere on t from s if !reach.hasSemanticContext { // we got nowhere on t, don't panic out l knowledge it'd - // cause a failover from DFA later. + // cause a fail-over from DFA later. l.addDFAEdge(s, t, ATNSimulatorError, nil) } // stop when we can't Match any more char return ATNSimulatorError } // Add an edge from s to target DFA found/created for reach - return l.addDFAEdge(s, t, nil, reach.BaseATNConfigSet) + return l.addDFAEdge(s, t, nil, reach) } -func (l *LexerATNSimulator) failOrAccept(prevAccept *SimState, input CharStream, reach ATNConfigSet, t int) int { +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) failOrAccept(prevAccept *SimState, input CharStream, reach *ATNConfigSet, t int) int { if l.prevAccept.dfaState != nil { lexerActionExecutor := prevAccept.dfaState.lexerActionExecutor l.accept(input, lexerActionExecutor, l.startIndex, prevAccept.index, prevAccept.line, prevAccept.column) @@ -265,34 +267,35 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) failOrAccept(prevAccept *SimState, input CharStream, panic(NewLexerNoViableAltException(l.recog, input, l.startIndex, reach)) } -// Given a starting configuration set, figure out all ATN configurations -// we can reach upon input {@code t}. Parameter {@code reach} is a return -// parameter. -func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getReachableConfigSet(input CharStream, closure ATNConfigSet, reach ATNConfigSet, t int) { +// getReachableConfigSet when given a starting configuration set, figures out all [ATN] configurations +// we can reach upon input t. +// +// Parameter reach is a return parameter. +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getReachableConfigSet(input CharStream, closure *ATNConfigSet, reach *ATNConfigSet, t int) { // l is used to Skip processing for configs which have a lower priority - // than a config that already reached an accept state for the same rule + // than a runtimeConfig that already reached an accept state for the same rule SkipAlt := ATNInvalidAltNumber - for _, cfg := range closure.GetItems() { - currentAltReachedAcceptState := (cfg.GetAlt() == SkipAlt) - if currentAltReachedAcceptState && cfg.(*LexerATNConfig).passedThroughNonGreedyDecision { + for _, cfg := range closure.configs { + currentAltReachedAcceptState := cfg.GetAlt() == SkipAlt + if currentAltReachedAcceptState && cfg.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision { continue } - if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Printf("testing %s at %s\n", l.GetTokenName(t), cfg.String()) // l.recog, true)) + fmt.Printf("testing %s at %s\n", l.GetTokenName(t), cfg.String()) } for _, trans := range cfg.GetState().GetTransitions() { target := l.getReachableTarget(trans, t) if target != nil { - lexerActionExecutor := cfg.(*LexerATNConfig).lexerActionExecutor + lexerActionExecutor := cfg.lexerActionExecutor if lexerActionExecutor != nil { lexerActionExecutor = lexerActionExecutor.fixOffsetBeforeMatch(input.Index() - l.startIndex) } - treatEOFAsEpsilon := (t == TokenEOF) - config := NewLexerATNConfig3(cfg.(*LexerATNConfig), target, lexerActionExecutor) + treatEOFAsEpsilon := t == TokenEOF + config := NewLexerATNConfig3(cfg, target, lexerActionExecutor) if l.closure(input, config, reach, currentAltReachedAcceptState, true, treatEOFAsEpsilon) { // any remaining configs for l alt have a lower priority @@ -305,7 +308,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getReachableConfigSet(input CharStream, closure ATNC } func (l *LexerATNSimulator) accept(input CharStream, lexerActionExecutor *LexerActionExecutor, startIndex, index, line, charPos int) { - if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug { fmt.Printf("ACTION %v\n", lexerActionExecutor) } // seek to after last char in token @@ -325,7 +328,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getReachableTarget(trans Transition, t int) ATNState return nil } -func (l *LexerATNSimulator) computeStartState(input CharStream, p ATNState) *OrderedATNConfigSet { +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) computeStartState(input CharStream, p ATNState) *ATNConfigSet { configs := NewOrderedATNConfigSet() for i := 0; i < len(p.GetTransitions()); i++ { target := p.GetTransitions()[i].getTarget() @@ -336,25 +339,24 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) computeStartState(input CharStream, p ATNState) *Ord return configs } -// Since the alternatives within any lexer decision are ordered by -// preference, l method stops pursuing the closure as soon as an accept +// closure since the alternatives within any lexer decision are ordered by +// preference, this method stops pursuing the closure as soon as an accept // state is reached. After the first accept state is reached by depth-first -// search from {@code config}, all other (potentially reachable) states for -// l rule would have a lower priority. +// search from runtimeConfig, all other (potentially reachable) states for +// this rule would have a lower priority. // -// @return {@code true} if an accept state is reached, otherwise -// {@code false}. -func (l *LexerATNSimulator) closure(input CharStream, config *LexerATNConfig, configs ATNConfigSet, +// The func returns true if an accept state is reached. +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) closure(input CharStream, config *ATNConfig, configs *ATNConfigSet, currentAltReachedAcceptState, speculative, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) bool { - if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { - fmt.Println("closure(" + config.String() + ")") // config.String(l.recog, true) + ")") + if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("closure(" + config.String() + ")") } _, ok := config.state.(*RuleStopState) if ok { - if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug { if l.recog != nil { fmt.Printf("closure at %s rule stop %s\n", l.recog.GetRuleNames()[config.state.GetRuleIndex()], config) } else { @@ -401,10 +403,10 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) closure(input CharStream, config *LexerATNConfig, co } // side-effect: can alter configs.hasSemanticContext -func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getEpsilonTarget(input CharStream, config *LexerATNConfig, trans Transition, - configs ATNConfigSet, speculative, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) *LexerATNConfig { +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getEpsilonTarget(input CharStream, config *ATNConfig, trans Transition, + configs *ATNConfigSet, speculative, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) *ATNConfig { - var cfg *LexerATNConfig + var cfg *ATNConfig if trans.getSerializationType() == TransitionRULE { @@ -435,10 +437,10 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getEpsilonTarget(input CharStream, config *LexerATNC pt := trans.(*PredicateTransition) - if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug { fmt.Println("EVAL rule " + strconv.Itoa(trans.(*PredicateTransition).ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(pt.predIndex)) } - configs.SetHasSemanticContext(true) + configs.hasSemanticContext = true if l.evaluatePredicate(input, pt.ruleIndex, pt.predIndex, speculative) { cfg = NewLexerATNConfig4(config, trans.getTarget()) } @@ -449,7 +451,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getEpsilonTarget(input CharStream, config *LexerATNC // TODO: if the entry rule is invoked recursively, some // actions may be executed during the recursive call. The // problem can appear when hasEmptyPath() is true but - // isEmpty() is false. In l case, the config needs to be + // isEmpty() is false. In this case, the config needs to be // split into two contexts - one with just the empty path // and another with everything but the empty path. // Unfortunately, the current algorithm does not allow @@ -476,26 +478,18 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getEpsilonTarget(input CharStream, config *LexerATNC return cfg } -// Evaluate a predicate specified in the lexer. +// evaluatePredicate eEvaluates a predicate specified in the lexer. // -//If {@code speculative} is {@code true}, l method was called before -// {@link //consume} for the Matched character. This method should call -// {@link //consume} before evaluating the predicate to ensure position -// sensitive values, including {@link Lexer//GetText}, {@link Lexer//GetLine}, -// and {@link Lexer//getcolumn}, properly reflect the current -// lexer state. This method should restore {@code input} and the simulator -// to the original state before returning (i.e. undo the actions made by the -// call to {@link //consume}.
+// If speculative is true, this method was called before +// [consume] for the Matched character. This method should call +// [consume] before evaluating the predicate to ensure position +// sensitive values, including [GetText], [GetLine], +// and [GetColumn], properly reflect the current +// lexer state. This method should restore input and the simulator +// to the original state before returning, i.e. undo the actions made by the +// call to [Consume]. // -// @param input The input stream. -// @param ruleIndex The rule containing the predicate. -// @param predIndex The index of the predicate within the rule. -// @param speculative {@code true} if the current index in {@code input} is -// one character before the predicate's location. -// -// @return {@code true} if the specified predicate evaluates to -// {@code true}. -// / +// The func returns true if the specified predicate evaluates to true. func (l *LexerATNSimulator) evaluatePredicate(input CharStream, ruleIndex, predIndex int, speculative bool) bool { // assume true if no recognizer was provided if l.recog == nil { @@ -527,7 +521,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) captureSimState(settings *SimState, input CharStream settings.dfaState = dfaState } -func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(from *DFAState, tk int, to *DFAState, cfgs ATNConfigSet) *DFAState { +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(from *DFAState, tk int, to *DFAState, cfgs *ATNConfigSet) *DFAState { if to == nil && cfgs != nil { // leading to l call, ATNConfigSet.hasSemanticContext is used as a // marker indicating dynamic predicate evaluation makes l edge @@ -539,10 +533,9 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(from *DFAState, tk int, to *DFAState, cfg // TJP notes: next time through the DFA, we see a pred again and eval. // If that gets us to a previously created (but dangling) DFA // state, we can continue in pure DFA mode from there. - // / - suppressEdge := cfgs.HasSemanticContext() - cfgs.SetHasSemanticContext(false) - + // + suppressEdge := cfgs.hasSemanticContext + cfgs.hasSemanticContext = false to = l.addDFAState(cfgs, true) if suppressEdge { @@ -554,7 +547,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(from *DFAState, tk int, to *DFAState, cfg // Only track edges within the DFA bounds return to } - if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug { fmt.Println("EDGE " + from.String() + " -> " + to.String() + " upon " + strconv.Itoa(tk)) } l.atn.edgeMu.Lock() @@ -572,13 +565,12 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(from *DFAState, tk int, to *DFAState, cfg // configurations already. This method also detects the first // configuration containing an ATN rule stop state. Later, when // traversing the DFA, we will know which rule to accept. -func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAState(configs ATNConfigSet, suppressEdge bool) *DFAState { +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAState(configs *ATNConfigSet, suppressEdge bool) *DFAState { proposed := NewDFAState(-1, configs) - var firstConfigWithRuleStopState ATNConfig - - for _, cfg := range configs.GetItems() { + var firstConfigWithRuleStopState *ATNConfig + for _, cfg := range configs.configs { _, ok := cfg.GetState().(*RuleStopState) if ok { @@ -588,14 +580,14 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAState(configs ATNConfigSet, suppressEdge bool) } if firstConfigWithRuleStopState != nil { proposed.isAcceptState = true - proposed.lexerActionExecutor = firstConfigWithRuleStopState.(*LexerATNConfig).lexerActionExecutor + proposed.lexerActionExecutor = firstConfigWithRuleStopState.lexerActionExecutor proposed.setPrediction(l.atn.ruleToTokenType[firstConfigWithRuleStopState.GetState().GetRuleIndex()]) } dfa := l.decisionToDFA[l.mode] l.atn.stateMu.Lock() defer l.atn.stateMu.Unlock() - existing, present := dfa.states.Get(proposed) + existing, present := dfa.Get(proposed) if present { // This state was already present, so just return it. @@ -605,10 +597,11 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAState(configs ATNConfigSet, suppressEdge bool) // We need to add the new state // - proposed.stateNumber = dfa.states.Len() - configs.SetReadOnly(true) + proposed.stateNumber = dfa.Len() + configs.readOnly = true + configs.configLookup = nil // Not needed now proposed.configs = configs - dfa.states.Put(proposed) + dfa.Put(proposed) } if !suppressEdge { dfa.setS0(proposed) @@ -620,7 +613,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getDFA(mode int) *DFA { return l.decisionToDFA[mode] } -// Get the text Matched so far for the current token. +// GetText returns the text [Match]ed so far for the current token. func (l *LexerATNSimulator) GetText(input CharStream) string { // index is first lookahead char, don't include. return input.GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(l.startIndex, input.Index()-1)) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/ll1_analyzer.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/ll1_analyzer.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4955ac876 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/ll1_analyzer.go @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +type LL1Analyzer struct { + atn *ATN +} + +func NewLL1Analyzer(atn *ATN) *LL1Analyzer { + la := new(LL1Analyzer) + la.atn = atn + return la +} + +const ( + // LL1AnalyzerHitPred is a special value added to the lookahead sets to indicate that we hit + // a predicate during analysis if + // + // seeThruPreds==false + LL1AnalyzerHitPred = TokenInvalidType +) + +// * +// Calculates the SLL(1) expected lookahead set for each outgoing transition +// of an {@link ATNState}. The returned array has one element for each +// outgoing transition in {@code s}. If the closure from transition +// i leads to a semantic predicate before Matching a symbol, the +// element at index i of the result will be {@code nil}. +// +// @param s the ATN state +// @return the expected symbols for each outgoing transition of {@code s}. +func (la *LL1Analyzer) getDecisionLookahead(s ATNState) []*IntervalSet { + if s == nil { + return nil + } + count := len(s.GetTransitions()) + look := make([]*IntervalSet, count) + for alt := 0; alt < count; alt++ { + + look[alt] = NewIntervalSet() + lookBusy := NewJStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst, ClosureBusyCollection, "LL1Analyzer.getDecisionLookahead for lookBusy") + la.look1(s.GetTransitions()[alt].getTarget(), nil, BasePredictionContextEMPTY, look[alt], lookBusy, NewBitSet(), false, false) + + // Wipe out lookahead for la alternative if we found nothing, + // or we had a predicate when we !seeThruPreds + if look[alt].length() == 0 || look[alt].contains(LL1AnalyzerHitPred) { + look[alt] = nil + } + } + return look +} + +// Look computes the set of tokens that can follow s in the [ATN] in the +// specified ctx. +// +// If ctx is nil and the end of the rule containing +// s is reached, [EPSILON] is added to the result set. +// +// If ctx is not nil and the end of the outermost rule is +// reached, [EOF] is added to the result set. +// +// Parameter s the ATN state, and stopState is the ATN state to stop at. This can be a +// [BlockEndState] to detect epsilon paths through a closure. +// +// Parameter ctx is the complete parser context, or nil if the context +// should be ignored +// +// The func returns the set of tokens that can follow s in the [ATN] in the +// specified ctx. +func (la *LL1Analyzer) Look(s, stopState ATNState, ctx RuleContext) *IntervalSet { + r := NewIntervalSet() + var lookContext *PredictionContext + if ctx != nil { + lookContext = predictionContextFromRuleContext(s.GetATN(), ctx) + } + la.look1(s, stopState, lookContext, r, NewJStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst, ClosureBusyCollection, "LL1Analyzer.Look for la.look1()"), + NewBitSet(), true, true) + return r +} + +//* +// Compute set of tokens that can follow {@code s} in the ATN in the +// specified {@code ctx}. +// +//If {@code ctx} is {@code nil} and {@code stopState} or the end of the +// rule containing {@code s} is reached, {@link Token//EPSILON} is added to +// the result set. If {@code ctx} is not {@code nil} and {@code addEOF} is +// {@code true} and {@code stopState} or the end of the outermost rule is +// reached, {@link Token//EOF} is added to the result set.
+// +// @param s the ATN state. +// @param stopState the ATN state to stop at. This can be a +// {@link BlockEndState} to detect epsilon paths through a closure. +// @param ctx The outer context, or {@code nil} if the outer context should +// not be used. +// @param look The result lookahead set. +// @param lookBusy A set used for preventing epsilon closures in the ATN +// from causing a stack overflow. Outside code should pass +// {@code NewSetIf the symbol type does not Match, +// {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//recoverInline} is called on the current error +// strategy to attempt recovery. If {@link //getBuildParseTree} is +// {@code true} and the token index of the symbol returned by +// {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//recoverInline} is -1, the symbol is added to +// the parse tree by calling {@link ParserRuleContext//addErrorNode}.
+// +// @param ttype the token type to Match +// @return the Matched symbol +// @panics RecognitionException if the current input symbol did not Match +// {@code ttype} and the error strategy could not recover from the +// mismatched symbol + +func (p *BaseParser) Match(ttype int) Token { + + t := p.GetCurrentToken() + + if t.GetTokenType() == ttype { + p.errHandler.ReportMatch(p) + p.Consume() + } else { + t = p.errHandler.RecoverInline(p) + if p.HasError() { + return nil + } + if p.BuildParseTrees && t.GetTokenIndex() == -1 { + + // we must have conjured up a new token during single token + // insertion if it's not the current symbol + p.ctx.AddErrorNode(t) + } + } + + return t +} + +// Match current input symbol as a wildcard. If the symbol type Matches +// (i.e. has a value greater than 0), {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//ReportMatch} +// and {@link //consume} are called to complete the Match process. +// +//If the symbol type does not Match, +// {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//recoverInline} is called on the current error +// strategy to attempt recovery. If {@link //getBuildParseTree} is +// {@code true} and the token index of the symbol returned by +// {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//recoverInline} is -1, the symbol is added to +// the parse tree by calling {@link ParserRuleContext//addErrorNode}.
+// +// @return the Matched symbol +// @panics RecognitionException if the current input symbol did not Match +// a wildcard and the error strategy could not recover from the mismatched +// symbol + +func (p *BaseParser) MatchWildcard() Token { + t := p.GetCurrentToken() + if t.GetTokenType() > 0 { + p.errHandler.ReportMatch(p) + p.Consume() + } else { + t = p.errHandler.RecoverInline(p) + if p.BuildParseTrees && t.GetTokenIndex() == -1 { + // we must have conjured up a new token during single token + // insertion if it's not the current symbol + p.ctx.AddErrorNode(t) + } + } + return t +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetParserRuleContext() ParserRuleContext { + return p.ctx +} + +func (p *BaseParser) SetParserRuleContext(v ParserRuleContext) { + p.ctx = v +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetParseListeners() []ParseTreeListener { + if p.parseListeners == nil { + return make([]ParseTreeListener, 0) + } + return p.parseListeners +} + +// AddParseListener registers listener to receive events during the parsing process. +// +// To support output-preserving grammar transformations (including but not +// limited to left-recursion removal, automated left-factoring, and +// optimized code generation), calls to listener methods during the parse +// may differ substantially from calls made by +// [ParseTreeWalker.DEFAULT] used after the parse is complete. In +// particular, rule entry and exit events may occur in a different order +// during the parse than after the parser. In addition, calls to certain +// rule entry methods may be omitted. +// +// With the following specific exceptions, calls to listener events are +// deterministic, i.e. for identical input the calls to listener +// methods will be the same. +// +// - Alterations to the grammar used to generate code may change the +// behavior of the listener calls. +// - Alterations to the command line options passed to ANTLR 4 when +// generating the parser may change the behavior of the listener calls. +// - Changing the version of the ANTLR Tool used to generate the parser +// may change the behavior of the listener calls. +func (p *BaseParser) AddParseListener(listener ParseTreeListener) { + if listener == nil { + panic("listener") + } + if p.parseListeners == nil { + p.parseListeners = make([]ParseTreeListener, 0) + } + p.parseListeners = append(p.parseListeners, listener) +} + +// RemoveParseListener removes listener from the list of parse listeners. +// +// If listener is nil or has not been added as a parse +// listener, this func does nothing. +func (p *BaseParser) RemoveParseListener(listener ParseTreeListener) { + + if p.parseListeners != nil { + + idx := -1 + for i, v := range p.parseListeners { + if v == listener { + idx = i + break + } + } + + if idx == -1 { + return + } + + // remove the listener from the slice + p.parseListeners = append(p.parseListeners[0:idx], p.parseListeners[idx+1:]...) + + if len(p.parseListeners) == 0 { + p.parseListeners = nil + } + } +} + +// Remove all parse listeners. +func (p *BaseParser) removeParseListeners() { + p.parseListeners = nil +} + +// TriggerEnterRuleEvent notifies all parse listeners of an enter rule event. +func (p *BaseParser) TriggerEnterRuleEvent() { + if p.parseListeners != nil { + ctx := p.ctx + for _, listener := range p.parseListeners { + listener.EnterEveryRule(ctx) + ctx.EnterRule(listener) + } + } +} + +// TriggerExitRuleEvent notifies any parse listeners of an exit rule event. +func (p *BaseParser) TriggerExitRuleEvent() { + if p.parseListeners != nil { + // reverse order walk of listeners + ctx := p.ctx + l := len(p.parseListeners) - 1 + + for i := range p.parseListeners { + listener := p.parseListeners[l-i] + ctx.ExitRule(listener) + listener.ExitEveryRule(ctx) + } + } +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetInterpreter() *ParserATNSimulator { + return p.Interpreter +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetATN() *ATN { + return p.Interpreter.atn +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetTokenFactory() TokenFactory { + return p.input.GetTokenSource().GetTokenFactory() +} + +// setTokenFactory is used to tell our token source and error strategy about a new way to create tokens. +func (p *BaseParser) setTokenFactory(factory TokenFactory) { + p.input.GetTokenSource().setTokenFactory(factory) +} + +// GetATNWithBypassAlts - the ATN with bypass alternatives is expensive to create, so we create it +// lazily. +func (p *BaseParser) GetATNWithBypassAlts() { + + // TODO - Implement this? + panic("Not implemented!") + + // serializedAtn := p.getSerializedATN() + // if (serializedAtn == nil) { + // panic("The current parser does not support an ATN with bypass alternatives.") + // } + // result := p.bypassAltsAtnCache[serializedAtn] + // if (result == nil) { + // deserializationOptions := NewATNDeserializationOptions(nil) + // deserializationOptions.generateRuleBypassTransitions = true + // result = NewATNDeserializer(deserializationOptions).deserialize(serializedAtn) + // p.bypassAltsAtnCache[serializedAtn] = result + // } + // return result +} + +// The preferred method of getting a tree pattern. For example, here's a +// sample use: +// +//
+// ParseTree t = parser.expr()
+// ParseTreePattern p = parser.compileParseTreePattern("<ID>+0",
+// MyParser.RULE_expr)
+// ParseTreeMatch m = p.Match(t)
+// String id = m.Get("ID")
+//
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedParameter
+func (p *BaseParser) compileParseTreePattern(pattern, patternRuleIndex, lexer Lexer) {
+
+ panic("NewParseTreePatternMatcher not implemented!")
+ //
+ // if (lexer == nil) {
+ // if (p.GetTokenStream() != nil) {
+ // tokenSource := p.GetTokenStream().GetTokenSource()
+ // if _, ok := tokenSource.(ILexer); ok {
+ // lexer = tokenSource
+ // }
+ // }
+ // }
+ // if (lexer == nil) {
+ // panic("Parser can't discover a lexer to use")
+ // }
+
+ // m := NewParseTreePatternMatcher(lexer, p)
+ // return m.compile(pattern, patternRuleIndex)
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) GetInputStream() IntStream {
+ return p.GetTokenStream()
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) SetInputStream(input TokenStream) {
+ p.SetTokenStream(input)
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) GetTokenStream() TokenStream {
+ return p.input
+}
+
+// SetTokenStream installs input as the token stream and resets the parser.
+func (p *BaseParser) SetTokenStream(input TokenStream) {
+ p.input = nil
+ p.reset()
+ p.input = input
+}
+
+// GetCurrentToken returns the current token at LT(1).
+//
+// [Match] needs to return the current input symbol, which gets put
+// into the label for the associated token ref e.g., x=ID.
+func (p *BaseParser) GetCurrentToken() Token {
+ return p.input.LT(1)
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) NotifyErrorListeners(msg string, offendingToken Token, err RecognitionException) {
+ if offendingToken == nil {
+ offendingToken = p.GetCurrentToken()
+ }
+ p._SyntaxErrors++
+ line := offendingToken.GetLine()
+ column := offendingToken.GetColumn()
+ listener := p.GetErrorListenerDispatch()
+ listener.SyntaxError(p, offendingToken, line, column, msg, err)
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) Consume() Token {
+ o := p.GetCurrentToken()
+ if o.GetTokenType() != TokenEOF {
+ p.GetInputStream().Consume()
+ }
+ hasListener := p.parseListeners != nil && len(p.parseListeners) > 0
+ if p.BuildParseTrees || hasListener {
+ if p.errHandler.InErrorRecoveryMode(p) {
+ node := p.ctx.AddErrorNode(o)
+ if p.parseListeners != nil {
+ for _, l := range p.parseListeners {
+ l.VisitErrorNode(node)
+ }
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ node := p.ctx.AddTokenNode(o)
+ if p.parseListeners != nil {
+ for _, l := range p.parseListeners {
+ l.VisitTerminal(node)
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ // node.invokingState = p.state
+ }
+
+ return o
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) addContextToParseTree() {
+ // add current context to parent if we have a parent
+ if p.ctx.GetParent() != nil {
+ p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext).AddChild(p.ctx)
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) EnterRule(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, _ int) {
+ p.SetState(state)
+ p.ctx = localctx
+ p.ctx.SetStart(p.input.LT(1))
+ if p.BuildParseTrees {
+ p.addContextToParseTree()
+ }
+ if p.parseListeners != nil {
+ p.TriggerEnterRuleEvent()
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) ExitRule() {
+ p.ctx.SetStop(p.input.LT(-1))
+ // trigger event on ctx, before it reverts to parent
+ if p.parseListeners != nil {
+ p.TriggerExitRuleEvent()
+ }
+ p.SetState(p.ctx.GetInvokingState())
+ if p.ctx.GetParent() != nil {
+ p.ctx = p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext)
+ } else {
+ p.ctx = nil
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) EnterOuterAlt(localctx ParserRuleContext, altNum int) {
+ localctx.SetAltNumber(altNum)
+ // if we have a new localctx, make sure we replace existing ctx
+ // that is previous child of parse tree
+ if p.BuildParseTrees && p.ctx != localctx {
+ if p.ctx.GetParent() != nil {
+ p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext).RemoveLastChild()
+ p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext).AddChild(localctx)
+ }
+ }
+ p.ctx = localctx
+}
+
+// Get the precedence level for the top-most precedence rule.
+//
+// @return The precedence level for the top-most precedence rule, or -1 if
+// the parser context is not nested within a precedence rule.
+
+func (p *BaseParser) GetPrecedence() int {
+ if len(p.precedenceStack) == 0 {
+ return -1
+ }
+
+ return p.precedenceStack[len(p.precedenceStack)-1]
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) EnterRecursionRule(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, _, precedence int) {
+ p.SetState(state)
+ p.precedenceStack.Push(precedence)
+ p.ctx = localctx
+ p.ctx.SetStart(p.input.LT(1))
+ if p.parseListeners != nil {
+ p.TriggerEnterRuleEvent() // simulates rule entry for
+ // left-recursive rules
+ }
+}
+
+//
+// Like {@link //EnterRule} but for recursive rules.
+
+func (p *BaseParser) PushNewRecursionContext(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, _ int) {
+ previous := p.ctx
+ previous.SetParent(localctx)
+ previous.SetInvokingState(state)
+ previous.SetStop(p.input.LT(-1))
+
+ p.ctx = localctx
+ p.ctx.SetStart(previous.GetStart())
+ if p.BuildParseTrees {
+ p.ctx.AddChild(previous)
+ }
+ if p.parseListeners != nil {
+ p.TriggerEnterRuleEvent() // simulates rule entry for
+ // left-recursive rules
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) UnrollRecursionContexts(parentCtx ParserRuleContext) {
+ _, _ = p.precedenceStack.Pop()
+ p.ctx.SetStop(p.input.LT(-1))
+ retCtx := p.ctx // save current ctx (return value)
+ // unroll so ctx is as it was before call to recursive method
+ if p.parseListeners != nil {
+ for p.ctx != parentCtx {
+ p.TriggerExitRuleEvent()
+ p.ctx = p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext)
+ }
+ } else {
+ p.ctx = parentCtx
+ }
+ // hook into tree
+ retCtx.SetParent(parentCtx)
+ if p.BuildParseTrees && parentCtx != nil {
+ // add return ctx into invoking rule's tree
+ parentCtx.AddChild(retCtx)
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) GetInvokingContext(ruleIndex int) ParserRuleContext {
+ ctx := p.ctx
+ for ctx != nil {
+ if ctx.GetRuleIndex() == ruleIndex {
+ return ctx
+ }
+ ctx = ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext)
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) Precpred(_ RuleContext, precedence int) bool {
+ return precedence >= p.precedenceStack[len(p.precedenceStack)-1]
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedParameter
+func (p *BaseParser) inContext(context ParserRuleContext) bool {
+ // TODO: useful in parser?
+ return false
+}
+
+// IsExpectedToken checks whether symbol can follow the current state in the
+// {ATN}. The behavior of p.method is equivalent to the following, but is
+// implemented such that the complete context-sensitive follow set does not
+// need to be explicitly constructed.
+//
+// return getExpectedTokens().contains(symbol)
+func (p *BaseParser) IsExpectedToken(symbol int) bool {
+ atn := p.Interpreter.atn
+ ctx := p.ctx
+ s := atn.states[p.state]
+ following := atn.NextTokens(s, nil)
+ if following.contains(symbol) {
+ return true
+ }
+ if !following.contains(TokenEpsilon) {
+ return false
+ }
+ for ctx != nil && ctx.GetInvokingState() >= 0 && following.contains(TokenEpsilon) {
+ invokingState := atn.states[ctx.GetInvokingState()]
+ rt := invokingState.GetTransitions()[0]
+ following = atn.NextTokens(rt.(*RuleTransition).followState, nil)
+ if following.contains(symbol) {
+ return true
+ }
+ ctx = ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext)
+ }
+ if following.contains(TokenEpsilon) && symbol == TokenEOF {
+ return true
+ }
+
+ return false
+}
+
+// GetExpectedTokens and returns the set of input symbols which could follow the current parser
+// state and context, as given by [GetState] and [GetContext],
+// respectively.
+func (p *BaseParser) GetExpectedTokens() *IntervalSet {
+ return p.Interpreter.atn.getExpectedTokens(p.state, p.ctx)
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) GetExpectedTokensWithinCurrentRule() *IntervalSet {
+ atn := p.Interpreter.atn
+ s := atn.states[p.state]
+ return atn.NextTokens(s, nil)
+}
+
+// GetRuleIndex get a rule's index (i.e., RULE_ruleName field) or -1 if not found.
+func (p *BaseParser) GetRuleIndex(ruleName string) int {
+ var ruleIndex, ok = p.GetRuleIndexMap()[ruleName]
+ if ok {
+ return ruleIndex
+ }
+
+ return -1
+}
+
+// GetRuleInvocationStack returns a list of the rule names in your parser instance
+// leading up to a call to the current rule. You could override if
+// you want more details such as the file/line info of where
+// in the ATN a rule is invoked.
+func (p *BaseParser) GetRuleInvocationStack(c ParserRuleContext) []string {
+ if c == nil {
+ c = p.ctx
+ }
+ stack := make([]string, 0)
+ for c != nil {
+ // compute what follows who invoked us
+ ruleIndex := c.GetRuleIndex()
+ if ruleIndex < 0 {
+ stack = append(stack, "n/a")
+ } else {
+ stack = append(stack, p.GetRuleNames()[ruleIndex])
+ }
+
+ vp := c.GetParent()
+
+ if vp == nil {
+ break
+ }
+
+ c = vp.(ParserRuleContext)
+ }
+ return stack
+}
+
+// GetDFAStrings returns a list of all DFA states used for debugging purposes
+func (p *BaseParser) GetDFAStrings() string {
+ return fmt.Sprint(p.Interpreter.decisionToDFA)
+}
+
+// DumpDFA prints the whole of the DFA for debugging
+func (p *BaseParser) DumpDFA() {
+ seenOne := false
+ for _, dfa := range p.Interpreter.decisionToDFA {
+ if dfa.Len() > 0 {
+ if seenOne {
+ fmt.Println()
+ }
+ fmt.Println("Decision " + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + ":")
+ fmt.Print(dfa.String(p.LiteralNames, p.SymbolicNames))
+ seenOne = true
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *BaseParser) GetSourceName() string {
+ return p.GrammarFileName
+}
+
+// SetTrace installs a trace listener for the parse.
+//
+// During a parse it is sometimes useful to listen in on the rule entry and exit
+// events as well as token Matches. This is for quick and dirty debugging.
+func (p *BaseParser) SetTrace(trace *TraceListener) {
+ if trace == nil {
+ p.RemoveParseListener(p.tracer)
+ p.tracer = nil
+ } else {
+ if p.tracer != nil {
+ p.RemoveParseListener(p.tracer)
+ }
+ p.tracer = NewTraceListener(p)
+ p.AddParseListener(p.tracer)
+ }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser_atn_simulator.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser_atn_simulator.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ae2869692
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser_atn_simulator.go
@@ -0,0 +1,1668 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+)
+
+var ()
+
+// ClosureBusy is a store of ATNConfigs and is a tiny abstraction layer over
+// a standard JStore so that we can use Lazy instantiation of the JStore, mostly
+// to avoid polluting the stats module with a ton of JStore instances with nothing in them.
+type ClosureBusy struct {
+ bMap *JStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]]
+ desc string
+}
+
+// NewClosureBusy creates a new ClosureBusy instance used to avoid infinite recursion for right-recursive rules
+func NewClosureBusy(desc string) *ClosureBusy {
+ return &ClosureBusy{
+ desc: desc,
+ }
+}
+
+func (c *ClosureBusy) Put(config *ATNConfig) (*ATNConfig, bool) {
+ if c.bMap == nil {
+ c.bMap = NewJStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst, ClosureBusyCollection, c.desc)
+ }
+ return c.bMap.Put(config)
+}
+
+type ParserATNSimulator struct {
+ BaseATNSimulator
+
+ parser Parser
+ predictionMode int
+ input TokenStream
+ startIndex int
+ dfa *DFA
+ mergeCache *JPCMap
+ outerContext ParserRuleContext
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
+func NewParserATNSimulator(parser Parser, atn *ATN, decisionToDFA []*DFA, sharedContextCache *PredictionContextCache) *ParserATNSimulator {
+
+ p := &ParserATNSimulator{
+ BaseATNSimulator: BaseATNSimulator{
+ atn: atn,
+ sharedContextCache: sharedContextCache,
+ },
+ }
+
+ p.parser = parser
+ p.decisionToDFA = decisionToDFA
+ // SLL, LL, or LL + exact ambig detection?//
+ p.predictionMode = PredictionModeLL
+ // LAME globals to avoid parameters!!!!! I need these down deep in predTransition
+ p.input = nil
+ p.startIndex = 0
+ p.outerContext = nil
+ p.dfa = nil
+ // Each prediction operation uses a cache for merge of prediction contexts.
+ // Don't keep around as it wastes huge amounts of memory. [JPCMap]
+ // isn't Synchronized, but we're ok since two threads shouldn't reuse same
+ // parser/atn-simulator object because it can only handle one input at a time.
+ // This maps graphs a and b to merged result c. (a,b) -> c. We can avoid
+ // the merge if we ever see a and b again. Note that (b,a) -> c should
+ // also be examined during cache lookup.
+ //
+ p.mergeCache = nil
+
+ return p
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) GetPredictionMode() int {
+ return p.predictionMode
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) SetPredictionMode(v int) {
+ p.predictionMode = v
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) reset() {
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) AdaptivePredict(parser *BaseParser, input TokenStream, decision int, outerContext ParserRuleContext) int {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("adaptivePredict decision " + strconv.Itoa(decision) +
+ " exec LA(1)==" + p.getLookaheadName(input) +
+ " line " + strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetLine()) + ":" +
+ strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetColumn()))
+ }
+ p.input = input
+ p.startIndex = input.Index()
+ p.outerContext = outerContext
+
+ dfa := p.decisionToDFA[decision]
+ p.dfa = dfa
+ m := input.Mark()
+ index := input.Index()
+
+ defer func() {
+ p.dfa = nil
+ p.mergeCache = nil // whack cache after each prediction
+ // Do not attempt to run a GC now that we're done with the cache as makes the
+ // GC overhead terrible for badly formed grammars and has little effect on well formed
+ // grammars.
+ // I have made some extra effort to try and reduce memory pressure by reusing allocations when
+ // possible. However, it can only have a limited effect. The real solution is to encourage grammar
+ // authors to think more carefully about their grammar and to use the new antlr.stats tag to inspect
+ // what is happening at runtime, along with using the error listener to report ambiguities.
+
+ input.Seek(index)
+ input.Release(m)
+ }()
+
+ // Now we are certain to have a specific decision's DFA
+ // But, do we still need an initial state?
+ var s0 *DFAState
+ p.atn.stateMu.RLock()
+ if dfa.getPrecedenceDfa() {
+ p.atn.edgeMu.RLock()
+ // the start state for a precedence DFA depends on the current
+ // parser precedence, and is provided by a DFA method.
+ s0 = dfa.getPrecedenceStartState(p.parser.GetPrecedence())
+ p.atn.edgeMu.RUnlock()
+ } else {
+ // the start state for a "regular" DFA is just s0
+ s0 = dfa.getS0()
+ }
+ p.atn.stateMu.RUnlock()
+
+ if s0 == nil {
+ if outerContext == nil {
+ outerContext = ParserRuleContextEmpty
+ }
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("predictATN decision " + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) +
+ " exec LA(1)==" + p.getLookaheadName(input) +
+ ", outerContext=" + outerContext.String(p.parser.GetRuleNames(), nil))
+ }
+ fullCtx := false
+ s0Closure := p.computeStartState(dfa.atnStartState, ParserRuleContextEmpty, fullCtx)
+
+ p.atn.stateMu.Lock()
+ if dfa.getPrecedenceDfa() {
+ // If p is a precedence DFA, we use applyPrecedenceFilter
+ // to convert the computed start state to a precedence start
+ // state. We then use DFA.setPrecedenceStartState to set the
+ // appropriate start state for the precedence level rather
+ // than simply setting DFA.s0.
+ //
+ dfa.s0.configs = s0Closure
+ s0Closure = p.applyPrecedenceFilter(s0Closure)
+ s0 = p.addDFAState(dfa, NewDFAState(-1, s0Closure))
+ p.atn.edgeMu.Lock()
+ dfa.setPrecedenceStartState(p.parser.GetPrecedence(), s0)
+ p.atn.edgeMu.Unlock()
+ } else {
+ s0 = p.addDFAState(dfa, NewDFAState(-1, s0Closure))
+ dfa.setS0(s0)
+ }
+ p.atn.stateMu.Unlock()
+ }
+
+ alt, re := p.execATN(dfa, s0, input, index, outerContext)
+ parser.SetError(re)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("DFA after predictATN: " + dfa.String(p.parser.GetLiteralNames(), nil))
+ }
+ return alt
+
+}
+
+// execATN performs ATN simulation to compute a predicted alternative based
+// upon the remaining input, but also updates the DFA cache to avoid
+// having to traverse the ATN again for the same input sequence.
+//
+// There are some key conditions we're looking for after computing a new
+// set of ATN configs (proposed DFA state):
+//
+// - If the set is empty, there is no viable alternative for current symbol
+// - Does the state uniquely predict an alternative?
+// - Does the state have a conflict that would prevent us from
+// putting it on the work list?
+//
+// We also have some key operations to do:
+//
+// - Add an edge from previous DFA state to potentially NewDFA state, D,
+// - Upon current symbol but only if adding to work list, which means in all
+// cases except no viable alternative (and possibly non-greedy decisions?)
+// - Collecting predicates and adding semantic context to DFA accept states
+// - adding rule context to context-sensitive DFA accept states
+// - Consuming an input symbol
+// - Reporting a conflict
+// - Reporting an ambiguity
+// - Reporting a context sensitivity
+// - Reporting insufficient predicates
+//
+// Cover these cases:
+//
+// - dead end
+// - single alt
+// - single alt + predicates
+// - conflict
+// - conflict + predicates
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) execATN(dfa *DFA, s0 *DFAState, input TokenStream, startIndex int, outerContext ParserRuleContext) (int, RecognitionException) {
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("execATN decision " + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) +
+ ", DFA state " + s0.String() +
+ ", LA(1)==" + p.getLookaheadName(input) +
+ " line " + strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetLine()) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetColumn()))
+ }
+
+ previousD := s0
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("s0 = " + s0.String())
+ }
+ t := input.LA(1)
+ for { // for more work
+ D := p.getExistingTargetState(previousD, t)
+ if D == nil {
+ D = p.computeTargetState(dfa, previousD, t)
+ }
+ if D == ATNSimulatorError {
+ // if any configs in previous dipped into outer context, that
+ // means that input up to t actually finished entry rule
+ // at least for SLL decision. Full LL doesn't dip into outer
+ // so don't need special case.
+ // We will get an error no matter what so delay until after
+ // decision better error message. Also, no reachable target
+ // ATN states in SLL implies LL will also get nowhere.
+ // If conflict in states that dip out, choose min since we
+ // will get error no matter what.
+ e := p.noViableAlt(input, outerContext, previousD.configs, startIndex)
+ input.Seek(startIndex)
+ alt := p.getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(previousD.configs, outerContext)
+ if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ return alt, nil
+ }
+ p.parser.SetError(e)
+ return ATNInvalidAltNumber, e
+ }
+ if D.requiresFullContext && p.predictionMode != PredictionModeSLL {
+ // IF PREDS, MIGHT RESOLVE TO SINGLE ALT => SLL (or syntax error)
+ conflictingAlts := D.configs.conflictingAlts
+ if D.predicates != nil {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("DFA state has preds in DFA sim LL fail-over")
+ }
+ conflictIndex := input.Index()
+ if conflictIndex != startIndex {
+ input.Seek(startIndex)
+ }
+ conflictingAlts = p.evalSemanticContext(D.predicates, outerContext, true)
+ if conflictingAlts.length() == 1 {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("Full LL avoided")
+ }
+ return conflictingAlts.minValue(), nil
+ }
+ if conflictIndex != startIndex {
+ // restore the index so Reporting the fallback to full
+ // context occurs with the index at the correct spot
+ input.Seek(conflictIndex)
+ }
+ }
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDFADebug {
+ fmt.Println("ctx sensitive state " + outerContext.String(nil, nil) + " in " + D.String())
+ }
+ fullCtx := true
+ s0Closure := p.computeStartState(dfa.atnStartState, outerContext, fullCtx)
+ p.ReportAttemptingFullContext(dfa, conflictingAlts, D.configs, startIndex, input.Index())
+ alt, re := p.execATNWithFullContext(dfa, D, s0Closure, input, startIndex, outerContext)
+ return alt, re
+ }
+ if D.isAcceptState {
+ if D.predicates == nil {
+ return D.prediction, nil
+ }
+ stopIndex := input.Index()
+ input.Seek(startIndex)
+ alts := p.evalSemanticContext(D.predicates, outerContext, true)
+
+ switch alts.length() {
+ case 0:
+ return ATNInvalidAltNumber, p.noViableAlt(input, outerContext, D.configs, startIndex)
+ case 1:
+ return alts.minValue(), nil
+ default:
+ // Report ambiguity after predicate evaluation to make sure the correct set of ambig alts is Reported.
+ p.ReportAmbiguity(dfa, D, startIndex, stopIndex, false, alts, D.configs)
+ return alts.minValue(), nil
+ }
+ }
+ previousD = D
+
+ if t != TokenEOF {
+ input.Consume()
+ t = input.LA(1)
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Get an existing target state for an edge in the DFA. If the target state
+// for the edge has not yet been computed or is otherwise not available,
+// p method returns {@code nil}.
+//
+// @param previousD The current DFA state
+// @param t The next input symbol
+// @return The existing target DFA state for the given input symbol
+// {@code t}, or {@code nil} if the target state for p edge is not
+// already cached
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getExistingTargetState(previousD *DFAState, t int) *DFAState {
+ if t+1 < 0 {
+ return nil
+ }
+
+ p.atn.edgeMu.RLock()
+ defer p.atn.edgeMu.RUnlock()
+ edges := previousD.getEdges()
+ if edges == nil || t+1 >= len(edges) {
+ return nil
+ }
+ return previousD.getIthEdge(t + 1)
+}
+
+// Compute a target state for an edge in the DFA, and attempt to add the
+// computed state and corresponding edge to the DFA.
+//
+// @param dfa The DFA
+// @param previousD The current DFA state
+// @param t The next input symbol
+//
+// @return The computed target DFA state for the given input symbol
+// {@code t}. If {@code t} does not lead to a valid DFA state, p method
+// returns {@link //ERROR}.
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) computeTargetState(dfa *DFA, previousD *DFAState, t int) *DFAState {
+ reach := p.computeReachSet(previousD.configs, t, false)
+
+ if reach == nil {
+ p.addDFAEdge(dfa, previousD, t, ATNSimulatorError)
+ return ATNSimulatorError
+ }
+ // create new target state we'll add to DFA after it's complete
+ D := NewDFAState(-1, reach)
+
+ predictedAlt := p.getUniqueAlt(reach)
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ altSubSets := PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(reach)
+ fmt.Println("SLL altSubSets=" + fmt.Sprint(altSubSets) +
+ ", previous=" + previousD.configs.String() +
+ ", configs=" + reach.String() +
+ ", predict=" + strconv.Itoa(predictedAlt) +
+ ", allSubsetsConflict=" +
+ fmt.Sprint(PredictionModeallSubsetsConflict(altSubSets)) +
+ ", conflictingAlts=" + p.getConflictingAlts(reach).String())
+ }
+ if predictedAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ // NO CONFLICT, UNIQUELY PREDICTED ALT
+ D.isAcceptState = true
+ D.configs.uniqueAlt = predictedAlt
+ D.setPrediction(predictedAlt)
+ } else if PredictionModehasSLLConflictTerminatingPrediction(p.predictionMode, reach) {
+ // MORE THAN ONE VIABLE ALTERNATIVE
+ D.configs.conflictingAlts = p.getConflictingAlts(reach)
+ D.requiresFullContext = true
+ // in SLL-only mode, we will stop at p state and return the minimum alt
+ D.isAcceptState = true
+ D.setPrediction(D.configs.conflictingAlts.minValue())
+ }
+ if D.isAcceptState && D.configs.hasSemanticContext {
+ p.predicateDFAState(D, p.atn.getDecisionState(dfa.decision))
+ if D.predicates != nil {
+ D.setPrediction(ATNInvalidAltNumber)
+ }
+ }
+ // all adds to dfa are done after we've created full D state
+ D = p.addDFAEdge(dfa, previousD, t, D)
+ return D
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) predicateDFAState(dfaState *DFAState, decisionState DecisionState) {
+ // We need to test all predicates, even in DFA states that
+ // uniquely predict alternative.
+ nalts := len(decisionState.GetTransitions())
+ // Update DFA so reach becomes accept state with (predicate,alt)
+ // pairs if preds found for conflicting alts
+ altsToCollectPredsFrom := p.getConflictingAltsOrUniqueAlt(dfaState.configs)
+ altToPred := p.getPredsForAmbigAlts(altsToCollectPredsFrom, dfaState.configs, nalts)
+ if altToPred != nil {
+ dfaState.predicates = p.getPredicatePredictions(altsToCollectPredsFrom, altToPred)
+ dfaState.setPrediction(ATNInvalidAltNumber) // make sure we use preds
+ } else {
+ // There are preds in configs but they might go away
+ // when OR'd together like {p}? || NONE == NONE. If neither
+ // alt has preds, resolve to min alt
+ dfaState.setPrediction(altsToCollectPredsFrom.minValue())
+ }
+}
+
+// comes back with reach.uniqueAlt set to a valid alt
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) execATNWithFullContext(dfa *DFA, D *DFAState, s0 *ATNConfigSet, input TokenStream, startIndex int, outerContext ParserRuleContext) (int, RecognitionException) {
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("execATNWithFullContext " + s0.String())
+ }
+
+ fullCtx := true
+ foundExactAmbig := false
+ var reach *ATNConfigSet
+ previous := s0
+ input.Seek(startIndex)
+ t := input.LA(1)
+ predictedAlt := -1
+
+ for { // for more work
+ reach = p.computeReachSet(previous, t, fullCtx)
+ if reach == nil {
+ // if any configs in previous dipped into outer context, that
+ // means that input up to t actually finished entry rule
+ // at least for LL decision. Full LL doesn't dip into outer
+ // so don't need special case.
+ // We will get an error no matter what so delay until after
+ // decision better error message. Also, no reachable target
+ // ATN states in SLL implies LL will also get nowhere.
+ // If conflict in states that dip out, choose min since we
+ // will get error no matter what.
+ input.Seek(startIndex)
+ alt := p.getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(previous, outerContext)
+ if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ return alt, nil
+ }
+ return alt, p.noViableAlt(input, outerContext, previous, startIndex)
+ }
+ altSubSets := PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(reach)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("LL altSubSets=" + fmt.Sprint(altSubSets) + ", predict=" +
+ strconv.Itoa(PredictionModegetUniqueAlt(altSubSets)) + ", resolvesToJustOneViableAlt=" +
+ fmt.Sprint(PredictionModeresolvesToJustOneViableAlt(altSubSets)))
+ }
+ reach.uniqueAlt = p.getUniqueAlt(reach)
+ // unique prediction?
+ if reach.uniqueAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ predictedAlt = reach.uniqueAlt
+ break
+ }
+ if p.predictionMode != PredictionModeLLExactAmbigDetection {
+ predictedAlt = PredictionModeresolvesToJustOneViableAlt(altSubSets)
+ if predictedAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ break
+ }
+ } else {
+ // In exact ambiguity mode, we never try to terminate early.
+ // Just keeps scarfing until we know what the conflict is
+ if PredictionModeallSubsetsConflict(altSubSets) && PredictionModeallSubsetsEqual(altSubSets) {
+ foundExactAmbig = true
+ predictedAlt = PredictionModegetSingleViableAlt(altSubSets)
+ break
+ }
+ // else there are multiple non-conflicting subsets or
+ // we're not sure what the ambiguity is yet.
+ // So, keep going.
+ }
+ previous = reach
+ if t != TokenEOF {
+ input.Consume()
+ t = input.LA(1)
+ }
+ }
+ // If the configuration set uniquely predicts an alternative,
+ // without conflict, then we know that it's a full LL decision
+ // not SLL.
+ if reach.uniqueAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ p.ReportContextSensitivity(dfa, predictedAlt, reach, startIndex, input.Index())
+ return predictedAlt, nil
+ }
+ // We do not check predicates here because we have checked them
+ // on-the-fly when doing full context prediction.
+
+ //
+ // In non-exact ambiguity detection mode, we might actually be able to
+ // detect an exact ambiguity, but I'm not going to spend the cycles
+ // needed to check. We only emit ambiguity warnings in exact ambiguity
+ // mode.
+ //
+ // For example, we might know that we have conflicting configurations.
+ // But, that does not mean that there is no way forward without a
+ // conflict. It's possible to have non-conflicting alt subsets as in:
+ //
+ // altSubSets=[{1, 2}, {1, 2}, {1}, {1, 2}]
+ //
+ // from
+ //
+ // [(17,1,[5 $]), (13,1,[5 10 $]), (21,1,[5 10 $]), (11,1,[$]),
+ // (13,2,[5 10 $]), (21,2,[5 10 $]), (11,2,[$])]
+ //
+ // In p case, (17,1,[5 $]) indicates there is some next sequence that
+ // would resolve p without conflict to alternative 1. Any other viable
+ // next sequence, however, is associated with a conflict. We stop
+ // looking for input because no amount of further lookahead will alter
+ // the fact that we should predict alternative 1. We just can't say for
+ // sure that there is an ambiguity without looking further.
+
+ p.ReportAmbiguity(dfa, D, startIndex, input.Index(), foundExactAmbig, reach.Alts(), reach)
+
+ return predictedAlt, nil
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) computeReachSet(closure *ATNConfigSet, t int, fullCtx bool) *ATNConfigSet {
+ if p.mergeCache == nil {
+ p.mergeCache = NewJPCMap(ReachSetCollection, "Merge cache for computeReachSet()")
+ }
+ intermediate := NewATNConfigSet(fullCtx)
+
+ // Configurations already in a rule stop state indicate reaching the end
+ // of the decision rule (local context) or end of the start rule (full
+ // context). Once reached, these configurations are never updated by a
+ // closure operation, so they are handled separately for the performance
+ // advantage of having a smaller intermediate set when calling closure.
+ //
+ // For full-context reach operations, separate handling is required to
+ // ensure that the alternative Matching the longest overall sequence is
+ // chosen when multiple such configurations can Match the input.
+
+ var skippedStopStates []*ATNConfig
+
+ // First figure out where we can reach on input t
+ for _, c := range closure.configs {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("testing " + p.GetTokenName(t) + " at " + c.String())
+ }
+
+ if _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok {
+ if fullCtx || t == TokenEOF {
+ skippedStopStates = append(skippedStopStates, c)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("added " + c.String() + " to SkippedStopStates")
+ }
+ }
+ continue
+ }
+
+ for _, trans := range c.GetState().GetTransitions() {
+ target := p.getReachableTarget(trans, t)
+ if target != nil {
+ cfg := NewATNConfig4(c, target)
+ intermediate.Add(cfg, p.mergeCache)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("added " + cfg.String() + " to intermediate")
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Now figure out where the reach operation can take us...
+ var reach *ATNConfigSet
+
+ // This block optimizes the reach operation for intermediate sets which
+ // trivially indicate a termination state for the overall
+ // AdaptivePredict operation.
+ //
+ // The conditions assume that intermediate
+ // contains all configurations relevant to the reach set, but p
+ // condition is not true when one or more configurations have been
+ // withheld in SkippedStopStates, or when the current symbol is EOF.
+ //
+ if skippedStopStates == nil && t != TokenEOF {
+ if len(intermediate.configs) == 1 {
+ // Don't pursue the closure if there is just one state.
+ // It can only have one alternative just add to result
+ // Also don't pursue the closure if there is unique alternative
+ // among the configurations.
+ reach = intermediate
+ } else if p.getUniqueAlt(intermediate) != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ // Also don't pursue the closure if there is unique alternative
+ // among the configurations.
+ reach = intermediate
+ }
+ }
+ // If the reach set could not be trivially determined, perform a closure
+ // operation on the intermediate set to compute its initial value.
+ //
+ if reach == nil {
+ reach = NewATNConfigSet(fullCtx)
+ closureBusy := NewClosureBusy("ParserATNSimulator.computeReachSet() make a closureBusy")
+ treatEOFAsEpsilon := t == TokenEOF
+ amount := len(intermediate.configs)
+ for k := 0; k < amount; k++ {
+ p.closure(intermediate.configs[k], reach, closureBusy, false, fullCtx, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ }
+ }
+ if t == TokenEOF {
+ // After consuming EOF no additional input is possible, so we are
+ // only interested in configurations which reached the end of the
+ // decision rule (local context) or end of the start rule (full
+ // context). Update reach to contain only these configurations. This
+ // handles both explicit EOF transitions in the grammar and implicit
+ // EOF transitions following the end of the decision or start rule.
+ //
+ // When reach==intermediate, no closure operation was performed. In
+ // p case, removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState needs to check for
+ // reachable rule stop states as well as configurations already in
+ // a rule stop state.
+ //
+ // This is handled before the configurations in SkippedStopStates,
+ // because any configurations potentially added from that list are
+ // already guaranteed to meet this condition whether it's
+ // required.
+ //
+ reach = p.removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState(reach, reach.Equals(intermediate))
+ }
+ // If SkippedStopStates!=nil, then it contains at least one
+ // configuration. For full-context reach operations, these
+ // configurations reached the end of the start rule, in which case we
+ // only add them back to reach if no configuration during the current
+ // closure operation reached such a state. This ensures AdaptivePredict
+ // chooses an alternative Matching the longest overall sequence when
+ // multiple alternatives are viable.
+ //
+ if skippedStopStates != nil && ((!fullCtx) || (!PredictionModehasConfigInRuleStopState(reach))) {
+ for l := 0; l < len(skippedStopStates); l++ {
+ reach.Add(skippedStopStates[l], p.mergeCache)
+ }
+ }
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("computeReachSet " + closure.String() + " -> " + reach.String())
+ }
+
+ if len(reach.configs) == 0 {
+ return nil
+ }
+
+ return reach
+}
+
+// removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState returns a configuration set containing only the configurations from
+// configs which are in a [RuleStopState]. If all
+// configurations in configs are already in a rule stop state, this
+// method simply returns configs.
+//
+// When lookToEndOfRule is true, this method uses
+// [ATN].[NextTokens] for each configuration in configs which is
+// not already in a rule stop state to see if a rule stop state is reachable
+// from the configuration via epsilon-only transitions.
+//
+// When lookToEndOfRule is true, this method checks for rule stop states
+// reachable by epsilon-only transitions from each configuration in
+// configs.
+//
+// The func returns configs if all configurations in configs are in a
+// rule stop state, otherwise it returns a new configuration set containing only
+// the configurations from configs which are in a rule stop state
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState(configs *ATNConfigSet, lookToEndOfRule bool) *ATNConfigSet {
+ if PredictionModeallConfigsInRuleStopStates(configs) {
+ return configs
+ }
+ result := NewATNConfigSet(configs.fullCtx)
+ for _, config := range configs.configs {
+ if _, ok := config.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok {
+ result.Add(config, p.mergeCache)
+ continue
+ }
+ if lookToEndOfRule && config.GetState().GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() {
+ NextTokens := p.atn.NextTokens(config.GetState(), nil)
+ if NextTokens.contains(TokenEpsilon) {
+ endOfRuleState := p.atn.ruleToStopState[config.GetState().GetRuleIndex()]
+ result.Add(NewATNConfig4(config, endOfRuleState), p.mergeCache)
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return result
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) computeStartState(a ATNState, ctx RuleContext, fullCtx bool) *ATNConfigSet {
+ // always at least the implicit call to start rule
+ initialContext := predictionContextFromRuleContext(p.atn, ctx)
+ configs := NewATNConfigSet(fullCtx)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("computeStartState from ATN state " + a.String() +
+ " initialContext=" + initialContext.String())
+ }
+
+ for i := 0; i < len(a.GetTransitions()); i++ {
+ target := a.GetTransitions()[i].getTarget()
+ c := NewATNConfig6(target, i+1, initialContext)
+ closureBusy := NewClosureBusy("ParserATNSimulator.computeStartState() make a closureBusy")
+ p.closure(c, configs, closureBusy, true, fullCtx, false)
+ }
+ return configs
+}
+
+// applyPrecedenceFilter transforms the start state computed by
+// [computeStartState] to the special start state used by a
+// precedence [DFA] for a particular precedence value. The transformation
+// process applies the following changes to the start state's configuration
+// set.
+//
+// 1. Evaluate the precedence predicates for each configuration using
+// [SemanticContext].evalPrecedence.
+// 2. Remove all configurations which predict an alternative greater than
+// 1, for which another configuration that predicts alternative 1 is in the
+// same ATN state with the same prediction context.
+//
+// Transformation 2 is valid for the following reasons:
+//
+// - The closure block cannot contain any epsilon transitions which bypass
+// the body of the closure, so all states reachable via alternative 1 are
+// part of the precedence alternatives of the transformed left-recursive
+// rule.
+// - The "primary" portion of a left recursive rule cannot contain an
+// epsilon transition, so the only way an alternative other than 1 can exist
+// in a state that is also reachable via alternative 1 is by nesting calls
+// to the left-recursive rule, with the outer calls not being at the
+// preferred precedence level.
+//
+// The prediction context must be considered by this filter to address
+// situations like the following:
+//
+// grammar TA
+// prog: statement* EOF
+// statement: letterA | statement letterA 'b'
+// letterA: 'a'
+//
+// In the above grammar, the [ATN] state immediately before the token
+// reference 'a' in letterA is reachable from the left edge
+// of both the primary and closure blocks of the left-recursive rule
+// statement. The prediction context associated with each of these
+// configurations distinguishes between them, and prevents the alternative
+// which stepped out to prog, and then back in to statement
+// from being eliminated by the filter.
+//
+// The func returns the transformed configuration set representing the start state
+// for a precedence [DFA] at a particular precedence level (determined by
+// calling [Parser].getPrecedence).
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) applyPrecedenceFilter(configs *ATNConfigSet) *ATNConfigSet {
+
+ statesFromAlt1 := make(map[int]*PredictionContext)
+ configSet := NewATNConfigSet(configs.fullCtx)
+
+ for _, config := range configs.configs {
+ // handle alt 1 first
+ if config.GetAlt() != 1 {
+ continue
+ }
+ updatedContext := config.GetSemanticContext().evalPrecedence(p.parser, p.outerContext)
+ if updatedContext == nil {
+ // the configuration was eliminated
+ continue
+ }
+ statesFromAlt1[config.GetState().GetStateNumber()] = config.GetContext()
+ if updatedContext != config.GetSemanticContext() {
+ configSet.Add(NewATNConfig2(config, updatedContext), p.mergeCache)
+ } else {
+ configSet.Add(config, p.mergeCache)
+ }
+ }
+ for _, config := range configs.configs {
+
+ if config.GetAlt() == 1 {
+ // already handled
+ continue
+ }
+ // In the future, p elimination step could be updated to also
+ // filter the prediction context for alternatives predicting alt>1
+ // (basically a graph subtraction algorithm).
+ if !config.getPrecedenceFilterSuppressed() {
+ context := statesFromAlt1[config.GetState().GetStateNumber()]
+ if context != nil && context.Equals(config.GetContext()) {
+ // eliminated
+ continue
+ }
+ }
+ configSet.Add(config, p.mergeCache)
+ }
+ return configSet
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getReachableTarget(trans Transition, ttype int) ATNState {
+ if trans.Matches(ttype, 0, p.atn.maxTokenType) {
+ return trans.getTarget()
+ }
+
+ return nil
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getPredsForAmbigAlts(ambigAlts *BitSet, configs *ATNConfigSet, nalts int) []SemanticContext {
+
+ altToPred := make([]SemanticContext, nalts+1)
+ for _, c := range configs.configs {
+ if ambigAlts.contains(c.GetAlt()) {
+ altToPred[c.GetAlt()] = SemanticContextorContext(altToPred[c.GetAlt()], c.GetSemanticContext())
+ }
+ }
+ nPredAlts := 0
+ for i := 1; i <= nalts; i++ {
+ pred := altToPred[i]
+ if pred == nil {
+ altToPred[i] = SemanticContextNone
+ } else if pred != SemanticContextNone {
+ nPredAlts++
+ }
+ }
+ // unambiguous alts are nil in altToPred
+ if nPredAlts == 0 {
+ altToPred = nil
+ }
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("getPredsForAmbigAlts result " + fmt.Sprint(altToPred))
+ }
+ return altToPred
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getPredicatePredictions(ambigAlts *BitSet, altToPred []SemanticContext) []*PredPrediction {
+ pairs := make([]*PredPrediction, 0)
+ containsPredicate := false
+ for i := 1; i < len(altToPred); i++ {
+ pred := altToPred[i]
+ // un-predicated is indicated by SemanticContextNONE
+ if ambigAlts != nil && ambigAlts.contains(i) {
+ pairs = append(pairs, NewPredPrediction(pred, i))
+ }
+ if pred != SemanticContextNone {
+ containsPredicate = true
+ }
+ }
+ if !containsPredicate {
+ return nil
+ }
+ return pairs
+}
+
+// getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule is used to improve the localization of error messages by
+// choosing an alternative rather than panic a NoViableAltException in particular prediction scenarios where the
+// Error state was reached during [ATN] simulation.
+//
+// The default implementation of this method uses the following
+// algorithm to identify an [ATN] configuration which successfully parsed the
+// decision entry rule. Choosing such an alternative ensures that the
+// [ParserRuleContext] returned by the calling rule will be complete
+// and valid, and the syntax error will be Reported later at a more
+// localized location.
+//
+// - If a syntactically valid path or paths reach the end of the decision rule, and
+// they are semantically valid if predicated, return the min associated alt.
+// - Else, if a semantically invalid but syntactically valid path exist
+// or paths exist, return the minimum associated alt.
+// - Otherwise, return [ATNInvalidAltNumber].
+//
+// In some scenarios, the algorithm described above could predict an
+// alternative which will result in a [FailedPredicateException] in
+// the parser. Specifically, this could occur if the only configuration
+// capable of successfully parsing to the end of the decision rule is
+// blocked by a semantic predicate. By choosing this alternative within
+// [AdaptivePredict] instead of panic a [NoViableAltException], the resulting
+// [FailedPredicateException] in the parser will identify the specific
+// predicate which is preventing the parser from successfully parsing the
+// decision rule, which helps developers identify and correct logic errors
+// in semantic predicates.
+//
+// pass in the configs holding ATN configurations which were valid immediately before
+// the ERROR state was reached, outerContext as the initial parser context from the paper
+// or the parser stack at the instant before prediction commences.
+//
+// Teh func returns the value to return from [AdaptivePredict], or
+// [ATNInvalidAltNumber] if a suitable alternative was not
+// identified and [AdaptivePredict] should report an error instead.
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(configs *ATNConfigSet, outerContext ParserRuleContext) int {
+ cfgs := p.splitAccordingToSemanticValidity(configs, outerContext)
+ semValidConfigs := cfgs[0]
+ semInvalidConfigs := cfgs[1]
+ alt := p.GetAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(semValidConfigs)
+ if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { // semantically/syntactically viable path exists
+ return alt
+ }
+ // Is there a syntactically valid path with a failed pred?
+ if len(semInvalidConfigs.configs) > 0 {
+ alt = p.GetAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(semInvalidConfigs)
+ if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { // syntactically viable path exists
+ return alt
+ }
+ }
+ return ATNInvalidAltNumber
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) GetAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(configs *ATNConfigSet) int {
+ alts := NewIntervalSet()
+
+ for _, c := range configs.configs {
+ _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState)
+
+ if c.GetReachesIntoOuterContext() > 0 || (ok && c.GetContext().hasEmptyPath()) {
+ alts.addOne(c.GetAlt())
+ }
+ }
+ if alts.length() == 0 {
+ return ATNInvalidAltNumber
+ }
+
+ return alts.first()
+}
+
+// Walk the list of configurations and split them according to
+// those that have preds evaluating to true/false. If no pred, assume
+// true pred and include in succeeded set. Returns Pair of sets.
+//
+// Create a NewSet so as not to alter the incoming parameter.
+//
+// Assumption: the input stream has been restored to the starting point
+// prediction, which is where predicates need to evaluate.
+
+type ATNConfigSetPair struct {
+ item0, item1 *ATNConfigSet
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) splitAccordingToSemanticValidity(configs *ATNConfigSet, outerContext ParserRuleContext) []*ATNConfigSet {
+ succeeded := NewATNConfigSet(configs.fullCtx)
+ failed := NewATNConfigSet(configs.fullCtx)
+
+ for _, c := range configs.configs {
+ if c.GetSemanticContext() != SemanticContextNone {
+ predicateEvaluationResult := c.GetSemanticContext().evaluate(p.parser, outerContext)
+ if predicateEvaluationResult {
+ succeeded.Add(c, nil)
+ } else {
+ failed.Add(c, nil)
+ }
+ } else {
+ succeeded.Add(c, nil)
+ }
+ }
+ return []*ATNConfigSet{succeeded, failed}
+}
+
+// evalSemanticContext looks through a list of predicate/alt pairs, returning alts for the
+// pairs that win. A [SemanticContextNone] predicate indicates an alt containing an
+// un-predicated runtimeConfig which behaves as "always true." If !complete
+// then we stop at the first predicate that evaluates to true. This
+// includes pairs with nil predicates.
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) evalSemanticContext(predPredictions []*PredPrediction, outerContext ParserRuleContext, complete bool) *BitSet {
+ predictions := NewBitSet()
+ for i := 0; i < len(predPredictions); i++ {
+ pair := predPredictions[i]
+ if pair.pred == SemanticContextNone {
+ predictions.add(pair.alt)
+ if !complete {
+ break
+ }
+ continue
+ }
+
+ predicateEvaluationResult := pair.pred.evaluate(p.parser, outerContext)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDFADebug {
+ fmt.Println("eval pred " + pair.String() + "=" + fmt.Sprint(predicateEvaluationResult))
+ }
+ if predicateEvaluationResult {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDFADebug {
+ fmt.Println("PREDICT " + fmt.Sprint(pair.alt))
+ }
+ predictions.add(pair.alt)
+ if !complete {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return predictions
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closure(config *ATNConfig, configs *ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *ClosureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) {
+ initialDepth := 0
+ p.closureCheckingStopState(config, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates,
+ fullCtx, initialDepth, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closureCheckingStopState(config *ATNConfig, configs *ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *ClosureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx bool, depth int, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("closure(" + config.String() + ")")
+ }
+
+ var stack []*ATNConfig
+ visited := make(map[*ATNConfig]bool)
+
+ stack = append(stack, config)
+
+ for len(stack) > 0 {
+ currConfig := stack[len(stack)-1]
+ stack = stack[:len(stack)-1]
+
+ if _, ok := visited[currConfig]; ok {
+ continue
+ }
+ visited[currConfig] = true
+
+ if _, ok := currConfig.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok {
+ // We hit rule end. If we have context info, use it
+ // run thru all possible stack tops in ctx
+ if !currConfig.GetContext().isEmpty() {
+ for i := 0; i < currConfig.GetContext().length(); i++ {
+ if currConfig.GetContext().getReturnState(i) == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState {
+ if fullCtx {
+ nb := NewATNConfig1(currConfig, currConfig.GetState(), BasePredictionContextEMPTY)
+ configs.Add(nb, p.mergeCache)
+ continue
+ } else {
+ // we have no context info, just chase follow links (if greedy)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("FALLING off rule " + p.getRuleName(currConfig.GetState().GetRuleIndex()))
+ }
+ p.closureWork(currConfig, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ }
+ continue
+ }
+ returnState := p.atn.states[currConfig.GetContext().getReturnState(i)]
+ newContext := currConfig.GetContext().GetParent(i) // "pop" return state
+
+ c := NewATNConfig5(returnState, currConfig.GetAlt(), newContext, currConfig.GetSemanticContext())
+ // While we have context to pop back from, we may have
+ // gotten that context AFTER having falling off a rule.
+ // Make sure we track that we are now out of context.
+ c.SetReachesIntoOuterContext(currConfig.GetReachesIntoOuterContext())
+
+ stack = append(stack, c)
+ }
+ continue
+ } else if fullCtx {
+ // reached end of start rule
+ configs.Add(currConfig, p.mergeCache)
+ continue
+ } else {
+ // else if we have no context info, just chase follow links (if greedy)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("FALLING off rule " + p.getRuleName(currConfig.GetState().GetRuleIndex()))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ p.closureWork(currConfig, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ }
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closureCheckingStopStateRecursive(config *ATNConfig, configs *ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *ClosureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx bool, depth int, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("closure(" + config.String() + ")")
+ }
+
+ if _, ok := config.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok {
+ // We hit rule end. If we have context info, use it
+ // run thru all possible stack tops in ctx
+ if !config.GetContext().isEmpty() {
+ for i := 0; i < config.GetContext().length(); i++ {
+ if config.GetContext().getReturnState(i) == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState {
+ if fullCtx {
+ nb := NewATNConfig1(config, config.GetState(), BasePredictionContextEMPTY)
+ configs.Add(nb, p.mergeCache)
+ continue
+ } else {
+ // we have no context info, just chase follow links (if greedy)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("FALLING off rule " + p.getRuleName(config.GetState().GetRuleIndex()))
+ }
+ p.closureWork(config, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ }
+ continue
+ }
+ returnState := p.atn.states[config.GetContext().getReturnState(i)]
+ newContext := config.GetContext().GetParent(i) // "pop" return state
+
+ c := NewATNConfig5(returnState, config.GetAlt(), newContext, config.GetSemanticContext())
+ // While we have context to pop back from, we may have
+ // gotten that context AFTER having falling off a rule.
+ // Make sure we track that we are now out of context.
+ c.SetReachesIntoOuterContext(config.GetReachesIntoOuterContext())
+ p.closureCheckingStopState(c, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth-1, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ }
+ return
+ } else if fullCtx {
+ // reached end of start rule
+ configs.Add(config, p.mergeCache)
+ return
+ } else {
+ // else if we have no context info, just chase follow links (if greedy)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("FALLING off rule " + p.getRuleName(config.GetState().GetRuleIndex()))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ p.closureWork(config, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+}
+
+// Do the actual work of walking epsilon edges
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closureWork(config *ATNConfig, configs *ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *ClosureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx bool, depth int, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) {
+ state := config.GetState()
+ // optimization
+ if !state.GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() {
+ configs.Add(config, p.mergeCache)
+ // make sure to not return here, because EOF transitions can act as
+ // both epsilon transitions and non-epsilon transitions.
+ }
+ for i := 0; i < len(state.GetTransitions()); i++ {
+ if i == 0 && p.canDropLoopEntryEdgeInLeftRecursiveRule(config) {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ t := state.GetTransitions()[i]
+ _, ok := t.(*ActionTransition)
+ continueCollecting := collectPredicates && !ok
+ c := p.getEpsilonTarget(config, t, continueCollecting, depth == 0, fullCtx, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ if c != nil {
+ newDepth := depth
+
+ if _, ok := config.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok {
+ // target fell off end of rule mark resulting c as having dipped into outer context
+ // We can't get here if incoming config was rule stop and we had context
+ // track how far we dip into outer context. Might
+ // come in handy and we avoid evaluating context dependent
+ // preds if this is > 0.
+
+ if p.dfa != nil && p.dfa.getPrecedenceDfa() {
+ if t.(*EpsilonTransition).outermostPrecedenceReturn == p.dfa.atnStartState.GetRuleIndex() {
+ c.setPrecedenceFilterSuppressed(true)
+ }
+ }
+
+ c.SetReachesIntoOuterContext(c.GetReachesIntoOuterContext() + 1)
+
+ _, present := closureBusy.Put(c)
+ if present {
+ // avoid infinite recursion for right-recursive rules
+ continue
+ }
+
+ configs.dipsIntoOuterContext = true // TODO: can remove? only care when we add to set per middle of this method
+ newDepth--
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("dips into outer ctx: " + c.String())
+ }
+ } else {
+
+ if !t.getIsEpsilon() {
+ _, present := closureBusy.Put(c)
+ if present {
+ // avoid infinite recursion for EOF* and EOF+
+ continue
+ }
+ }
+ if _, ok := t.(*RuleTransition); ok {
+ // latch when newDepth goes negative - once we step out of the entry context we can't return
+ if newDepth >= 0 {
+ newDepth++
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ p.closureCheckingStopState(c, configs, closureBusy, continueCollecting, fullCtx, newDepth, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) canDropLoopEntryEdgeInLeftRecursiveRule(config *ATNConfig) bool {
+ if !runtimeConfig.lRLoopEntryBranchOpt {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ _p := config.GetState()
+
+ // First check to see if we are in StarLoopEntryState generated during
+ // left-recursion elimination. For efficiency, also check if
+ // the context has an empty stack case. If so, it would mean
+ // global FOLLOW so we can't perform optimization
+ if _p.GetStateType() != ATNStateStarLoopEntry {
+ return false
+ }
+ startLoop, ok := _p.(*StarLoopEntryState)
+ if !ok {
+ return false
+ }
+ if !startLoop.precedenceRuleDecision ||
+ config.GetContext().isEmpty() ||
+ config.GetContext().hasEmptyPath() {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ // Require all return states to return back to the same rule
+ // that p is in.
+ numCtxs := config.GetContext().length()
+ for i := 0; i < numCtxs; i++ {
+ returnState := p.atn.states[config.GetContext().getReturnState(i)]
+ if returnState.GetRuleIndex() != _p.GetRuleIndex() {
+ return false
+ }
+ }
+ x := _p.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget()
+ decisionStartState := x.(BlockStartState)
+ blockEndStateNum := decisionStartState.getEndState().stateNumber
+ blockEndState := p.atn.states[blockEndStateNum].(*BlockEndState)
+
+ // Verify that the top of each stack context leads to loop entry/exit
+ // state through epsilon edges and w/o leaving rule.
+
+ for i := 0; i < numCtxs; i++ { // for each stack context
+ returnStateNumber := config.GetContext().getReturnState(i)
+ returnState := p.atn.states[returnStateNumber]
+
+ // all states must have single outgoing epsilon edge
+ if len(returnState.GetTransitions()) != 1 || !returnState.GetTransitions()[0].getIsEpsilon() {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ // Look for prefix op case like 'not expr', (' type ')' expr
+ returnStateTarget := returnState.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget()
+ if returnState.GetStateType() == ATNStateBlockEnd && returnStateTarget == _p {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ // Look for 'expr op expr' or case where expr's return state is block end
+ // of (...)* internal block; the block end points to loop back
+ // which points to p but we don't need to check that
+ if returnState == blockEndState {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ // Look for ternary expr ? expr : expr. The return state points at block end,
+ // which points at loop entry state
+ if returnStateTarget == blockEndState {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ // Look for complex prefix 'between expr and expr' case where 2nd expr's
+ // return state points at block end state of (...)* internal block
+ if returnStateTarget.GetStateType() == ATNStateBlockEnd &&
+ len(returnStateTarget.GetTransitions()) == 1 &&
+ returnStateTarget.GetTransitions()[0].getIsEpsilon() &&
+ returnStateTarget.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget() == _p {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ // anything else ain't conforming
+ return false
+ }
+
+ return true
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getRuleName(index int) string {
+ if p.parser != nil && index >= 0 {
+ return p.parser.GetRuleNames()[index]
+ }
+ var sb strings.Builder
+ sb.Grow(32)
+
+ sb.WriteString("If {@code to} is {@code nil}, p method returns {@code nil}. +// Otherwise, p method returns the {@link DFAState} returned by calling +// {@link //addDFAState} for the {@code to} state.
+// +// @param dfa The DFA +// @param from The source state for the edge +// @param t The input symbol +// @param to The target state for the edge +// +// @return If {@code to} is {@code nil}, p method returns {@code nil} +// otherwise p method returns the result of calling {@link //addDFAState} +// on {@code to} +// +//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(dfa *DFA, from *DFAState, t int, to *DFAState) *DFAState { + if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("EDGE " + from.String() + " -> " + to.String() + " upon " + p.GetTokenName(t)) + } + if to == nil { + return nil + } + p.atn.stateMu.Lock() + to = p.addDFAState(dfa, to) // used existing if possible not incoming + p.atn.stateMu.Unlock() + if from == nil || t < -1 || t > p.atn.maxTokenType { + return to + } + p.atn.edgeMu.Lock() + if from.getEdges() == nil { + from.setEdges(make([]*DFAState, p.atn.maxTokenType+1+1)) + } + from.setIthEdge(t+1, to) // connect + p.atn.edgeMu.Unlock() + + if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug { + var names []string + if p.parser != nil { + names = p.parser.GetLiteralNames() + } + + fmt.Println("DFA=\n" + dfa.String(names, nil)) + } + return to +} + +// addDFAState adds state D to the [DFA] if it is not already present, and returns +// the actual instance stored in the [DFA]. If a state equivalent to D +// is already in the [DFA], the existing state is returned. Otherwise, this +// method returns D after adding it to the [DFA]. +// +// If D is [ATNSimulatorError], this method returns [ATNSimulatorError] and +// does not change the DFA. +// +//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) addDFAState(dfa *DFA, d *DFAState) *DFAState { + if d == ATNSimulatorError { + return d + } + + existing, present := dfa.Get(d) + if present { + if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { + fmt.Print("addDFAState " + d.String() + " exists") + } + return existing + } + + // The state will be added if not already there or we will be given back the existing state struct + // if it is present. + // + d.stateNumber = dfa.Len() + if !d.configs.readOnly { + d.configs.OptimizeConfigs(&p.BaseATNSimulator) + d.configs.readOnly = true + d.configs.configLookup = nil + } + dfa.Put(d) + + if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { + fmt.Println("addDFAState new " + d.String()) + } + + return d +} + +//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportAttemptingFullContext(dfa *DFA, conflictingAlts *BitSet, configs *ATNConfigSet, startIndex, stopIndex int) { + if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorRetryDebug { + interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1) + fmt.Println("ReportAttemptingFullContext decision=" + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + ":" + configs.String() + + ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval)) + } + if p.parser != nil { + p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportAttemptingFullContext(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, conflictingAlts, configs) + } +} + +//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportContextSensitivity(dfa *DFA, prediction int, configs *ATNConfigSet, startIndex, stopIndex int) { + if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorRetryDebug { + interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1) + fmt.Println("ReportContextSensitivity decision=" + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + ":" + configs.String() + + ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval)) + } + if p.parser != nil { + p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportContextSensitivity(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, prediction, configs) + } +} + +// ReportAmbiguity reports and ambiguity in the parse, which shows that the parser will explore a different route. +// +// If context-sensitive parsing, we know it's an ambiguity not a conflict or error, but we can report it to the developer +// so that they can see that this is happening and can take action if they want to. +// +//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportAmbiguity(dfa *DFA, _ *DFAState, startIndex, stopIndex int, + exact bool, ambigAlts *BitSet, configs *ATNConfigSet) { + if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorRetryDebug { + interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1) + fmt.Println("ReportAmbiguity " + ambigAlts.String() + ":" + configs.String() + + ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval)) + } + if p.parser != nil { + p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportAmbiguity(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, exact, ambigAlts, configs) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go similarity index 77% rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go index 1c8cee747..c249bc138 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go @@ -31,7 +31,9 @@ type ParserRuleContext interface { } type BaseParserRuleContext struct { - *BaseRuleContext + parentCtx RuleContext + invokingState int + RuleIndex int start, stop Token exception RecognitionException @@ -40,8 +42,22 @@ type BaseParserRuleContext struct { func NewBaseParserRuleContext(parent ParserRuleContext, invokingStateNumber int) *BaseParserRuleContext { prc := new(BaseParserRuleContext) + InitBaseParserRuleContext(prc, parent, invokingStateNumber) + return prc +} + +func InitBaseParserRuleContext(prc *BaseParserRuleContext, parent ParserRuleContext, invokingStateNumber int) { + // What context invoked b rule? + prc.parentCtx = parent - prc.BaseRuleContext = NewBaseRuleContext(parent, invokingStateNumber) + // What state invoked the rule associated with b context? + // The "return address" is the followState of invokingState + // If parent is nil, b should be -1. + if parent == nil { + prc.invokingState = -1 + } else { + prc.invokingState = invokingStateNumber + } prc.RuleIndex = -1 // * If we are debugging or building a parse tree for a Visitor, @@ -56,8 +72,6 @@ func NewBaseParserRuleContext(parent ParserRuleContext, invokingStateNumber int) // The exception that forced prc rule to return. If the rule successfully // completed, prc is {@code nil}. prc.exception = nil - - return prc } func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) SetException(e RecognitionException) { @@ -90,14 +104,15 @@ func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetText() string { return s } -// Double dispatch methods for listeners -func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) EnterRule(listener ParseTreeListener) { +// EnterRule is called when any rule is entered. +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) EnterRule(_ ParseTreeListener) { } -func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) ExitRule(listener ParseTreeListener) { +// ExitRule is called when any rule is exited. +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) ExitRule(_ ParseTreeListener) { } -// * Does not set parent link other add methods do that/// +// * Does not set parent link other add methods do that func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) addTerminalNodeChild(child TerminalNode) TerminalNode { if prc.children == nil { prc.children = make([]Tree, 0) @@ -120,10 +135,9 @@ func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) AddChild(child RuleContext) RuleContext { return child } -// * Used by EnterOuterAlt to toss out a RuleContext previously added as -// we entered a rule. If we have // label, we will need to remove -// generic ruleContext object. -// / +// RemoveLastChild is used by [EnterOuterAlt] to toss out a [RuleContext] previously added as +// we entered a rule. If we have a label, we will need to remove +// the generic ruleContext object. func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) RemoveLastChild() { if prc.children != nil && len(prc.children) > 0 { prc.children = prc.children[0 : len(prc.children)-1] @@ -293,7 +307,7 @@ func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetChildCount() int { return len(prc.children) } -func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetSourceInterval() *Interval { +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetSourceInterval() Interval { if prc.start == nil || prc.stop == nil { return TreeInvalidInterval } @@ -340,6 +354,50 @@ func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) String(ruleNames []string, stop RuleContext) s return s } +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) SetParent(v Tree) { + if v == nil { + prc.parentCtx = nil + } else { + prc.parentCtx = v.(RuleContext) + } +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetInvokingState() int { + return prc.invokingState +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) SetInvokingState(t int) { + prc.invokingState = t +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetRuleIndex() int { + return prc.RuleIndex +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetAltNumber() int { + return ATNInvalidAltNumber +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) SetAltNumber(_ int) {} + +// IsEmpty returns true if the context of b is empty. +// +// A context is empty if there is no invoking state, meaning nobody calls +// current context. +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) IsEmpty() bool { + return prc.invokingState == -1 +} + +// GetParent returns the combined text of all child nodes. This method only considers +// tokens which have been added to the parse tree. +// +// Since tokens on hidden channels (e.g. whitespace or comments) are not +// added to the parse trees, they will not appear in the output of this +// method. +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetParent() Tree { + return prc.parentCtx +} + var ParserRuleContextEmpty = NewBaseParserRuleContext(nil, -1) type InterpreterRuleContext interface { @@ -350,6 +408,7 @@ type BaseInterpreterRuleContext struct { *BaseParserRuleContext } +//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction func NewBaseInterpreterRuleContext(parent BaseInterpreterRuleContext, invokingStateNumber, ruleIndex int) *BaseInterpreterRuleContext { prc := new(BaseInterpreterRuleContext) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c1b80cc1f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go @@ -0,0 +1,727 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "fmt" + "golang.org/x/exp/slices" + "strconv" +) + +var _emptyPredictionContextHash int + +func init() { + _emptyPredictionContextHash = murmurInit(1) + _emptyPredictionContextHash = murmurFinish(_emptyPredictionContextHash, 0) +} + +func calculateEmptyHash() int { + return _emptyPredictionContextHash +} + +const ( + // BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState represents {@code $} in an array in full context mode, $ + // doesn't mean wildcard: + // + // $ + x = [$,x] + // + // Here, + // + // $ = EmptyReturnState + BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState = 0x7FFFFFFF +) + +// TODO: JI These are meant to be atomics - this does not seem to match the Java runtime here +// +//goland:noinspection GoUnusedGlobalVariable +var ( + BasePredictionContextglobalNodeCount = 1 + BasePredictionContextid = BasePredictionContextglobalNodeCount +) + +const ( + PredictionContextEmpty = iota + PredictionContextSingleton + PredictionContextArray +) + +// PredictionContext is a go idiomatic implementation of PredictionContext that does not rty to +// emulate inheritance from Java, and can be used without an interface definition. An interface +// is not required because no user code will ever need to implement this interface. +type PredictionContext struct { + cachedHash int + pcType int + parentCtx *PredictionContext + returnState int + parents []*PredictionContext + returnStates []int +} + +func NewEmptyPredictionContext() *PredictionContext { + nep := &PredictionContext{} + nep.cachedHash = calculateEmptyHash() + nep.pcType = PredictionContextEmpty + nep.returnState = BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState + return nep +} + +func NewBaseSingletonPredictionContext(parent *PredictionContext, returnState int) *PredictionContext { + pc := &PredictionContext{} + pc.pcType = PredictionContextSingleton + pc.returnState = returnState + pc.parentCtx = parent + if parent != nil { + pc.cachedHash = calculateHash(parent, returnState) + } else { + pc.cachedHash = calculateEmptyHash() + } + return pc +} + +func SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parent *PredictionContext, returnState int) *PredictionContext { + if returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState && parent == nil { + // someone can pass in the bits of an array ctx that mean $ + return BasePredictionContextEMPTY + } + return NewBaseSingletonPredictionContext(parent, returnState) +} + +func NewArrayPredictionContext(parents []*PredictionContext, returnStates []int) *PredictionContext { + // Parent can be nil only if full ctx mode and we make an array + // from {@link //EMPTY} and non-empty. We merge {@link //EMPTY} by using + // nil parent and + // returnState == {@link //EmptyReturnState}. + hash := murmurInit(1) + for _, parent := range parents { + hash = murmurUpdate(hash, parent.Hash()) + } + for _, returnState := range returnStates { + hash = murmurUpdate(hash, returnState) + } + hash = murmurFinish(hash, len(parents)<<1) + + nec := &PredictionContext{} + nec.cachedHash = hash + nec.pcType = PredictionContextArray + nec.parents = parents + nec.returnStates = returnStates + return nec +} + +func (p *PredictionContext) Hash() int { + return p.cachedHash +} + +func (p *PredictionContext) Equals(other Collectable[*PredictionContext]) bool { + switch p.pcType { + case PredictionContextEmpty: + otherP := other.(*PredictionContext) + return other == nil || otherP == nil || otherP.isEmpty() + case PredictionContextSingleton: + return p.SingletonEquals(other) + case PredictionContextArray: + return p.ArrayEquals(other) + } + return false +} + +func (p *PredictionContext) ArrayEquals(o Collectable[*PredictionContext]) bool { + if o == nil { + return false + } + other := o.(*PredictionContext) + if other == nil || other.pcType != PredictionContextArray { + return false + } + if p.cachedHash != other.Hash() { + return false // can't be same if hash is different + } + + // Must compare the actual array elements and not just the array address + // + return slices.Equal(p.returnStates, other.returnStates) && + slices.EqualFunc(p.parents, other.parents, func(x, y *PredictionContext) bool { + return x.Equals(y) + }) +} + +func (p *PredictionContext) SingletonEquals(other Collectable[*PredictionContext]) bool { + if other == nil { + return false + } + otherP := other.(*PredictionContext) + if otherP == nil { + return false + } + + if p.cachedHash != otherP.Hash() { + return false // Can't be same if hash is different + } + + if p.returnState != otherP.getReturnState(0) { + return false + } + + // Both parents must be nil if one is + if p.parentCtx == nil { + return otherP.parentCtx == nil + } + + return p.parentCtx.Equals(otherP.parentCtx) +} + +func (p *PredictionContext) GetParent(i int) *PredictionContext { + switch p.pcType { + case PredictionContextEmpty: + return nil + case PredictionContextSingleton: + return p.parentCtx + case PredictionContextArray: + return p.parents[i] + } + return nil +} + +func (p *PredictionContext) getReturnState(i int) int { + switch p.pcType { + case PredictionContextArray: + return p.returnStates[i] + default: + return p.returnState + } +} + +func (p *PredictionContext) GetReturnStates() []int { + switch p.pcType { + case PredictionContextArray: + return p.returnStates + default: + return []int{p.returnState} + } +} + +func (p *PredictionContext) length() int { + switch p.pcType { + case PredictionContextArray: + return len(p.returnStates) + default: + return 1 + } +} + +func (p *PredictionContext) hasEmptyPath() bool { + switch p.pcType { + case PredictionContextSingleton: + return p.returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState + } + return p.getReturnState(p.length()-1) == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState +} + +func (p *PredictionContext) String() string { + switch p.pcType { + case PredictionContextEmpty: + return "$" + case PredictionContextSingleton: + var up string + + if p.parentCtx == nil { + up = "" + } else { + up = p.parentCtx.String() + } + + if len(up) == 0 { + if p.returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState { + return "$" + } + + return strconv.Itoa(p.returnState) + } + + return strconv.Itoa(p.returnState) + " " + up + case PredictionContextArray: + if p.isEmpty() { + return "[]" + } + + s := "[" + for i := 0; i < len(p.returnStates); i++ { + if i > 0 { + s = s + ", " + } + if p.returnStates[i] == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState { + s = s + "$" + continue + } + s = s + strconv.Itoa(p.returnStates[i]) + if !p.parents[i].isEmpty() { + s = s + " " + p.parents[i].String() + } else { + s = s + "nil" + } + } + return s + "]" + + default: + return "unknown" + } +} + +func (p *PredictionContext) isEmpty() bool { + switch p.pcType { + case PredictionContextEmpty: + return true + case PredictionContextArray: + // since EmptyReturnState can only appear in the last position, we + // don't need to verify that size==1 + return p.returnStates[0] == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState + default: + return false + } +} + +func (p *PredictionContext) Type() int { + return p.pcType +} + +func calculateHash(parent *PredictionContext, returnState int) int { + h := murmurInit(1) + h = murmurUpdate(h, parent.Hash()) + h = murmurUpdate(h, returnState) + return murmurFinish(h, 2) +} + +// Convert a {@link RuleContext} tree to a {@link BasePredictionContext} graph. +// Return {@link //EMPTY} if {@code outerContext} is empty or nil. +// / +func predictionContextFromRuleContext(a *ATN, outerContext RuleContext) *PredictionContext { + if outerContext == nil { + outerContext = ParserRuleContextEmpty + } + // if we are in RuleContext of start rule, s, then BasePredictionContext + // is EMPTY. Nobody called us. (if we are empty, return empty) + if outerContext.GetParent() == nil || outerContext == ParserRuleContextEmpty { + return BasePredictionContextEMPTY + } + // If we have a parent, convert it to a BasePredictionContext graph + parent := predictionContextFromRuleContext(a, outerContext.GetParent().(RuleContext)) + state := a.states[outerContext.GetInvokingState()] + transition := state.GetTransitions()[0] + + return SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parent, transition.(*RuleTransition).followState.GetStateNumber()) +} + +func merge(a, b *PredictionContext, rootIsWildcard bool, mergeCache *JPCMap) *PredictionContext { + + // Share same graph if both same + // + if a == b || a.Equals(b) { + return a + } + + if a.pcType == PredictionContextSingleton && b.pcType == PredictionContextSingleton { + return mergeSingletons(a, b, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache) + } + // At least one of a or b is array + // If one is $ and rootIsWildcard, return $ as wildcard + if rootIsWildcard { + if a.isEmpty() { + return a + } + if b.isEmpty() { + return b + } + } + + // Convert either Singleton or Empty to arrays, so that we can merge them + // + ara := convertToArray(a) + arb := convertToArray(b) + return mergeArrays(ara, arb, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache) +} + +func convertToArray(pc *PredictionContext) *PredictionContext { + switch pc.Type() { + case PredictionContextEmpty: + return NewArrayPredictionContext([]*PredictionContext{}, []int{}) + case PredictionContextSingleton: + return NewArrayPredictionContext([]*PredictionContext{pc.GetParent(0)}, []int{pc.getReturnState(0)}) + default: + // Already an array + } + return pc +} + +// mergeSingletons merges two Singleton [PredictionContext] instances. +// +// Stack tops equal, parents merge is same return left graph. +// +// +//Same stack top, parents differ merge parents giving array node, then
+// remainders of those graphs. A new root node is created to point to the
+// merged parents.
+//
Different stack tops pointing to same parent. Make array node for the
+// root where both element in the root point to the same (original)
+// parent.
+//
Different stack tops pointing to different parents. Make array node for
+// the root where each element points to the corresponding original
+// parent.
+//
These local-context merge operations are used when {@code rootIsWildcard} +// is true.
+// +//{@link //EMPTY} is superset of any graph return {@link //EMPTY}.
+//
{@link //EMPTY} and anything is {@code //EMPTY}, so merged parent is
+// {@code //EMPTY} return left graph.
+//
Special case of last merge if local context.
+//
These full-context merge operations are used when {@code rootIsWildcard} +// is false.
+// +// +// +//Must keep all contexts {@link //EMPTY} in array is a special value (and
+// nil parent).
+//
Different tops, different parents.
+//
Shared top, same parents.
+//
Shared top, different parents.
+//
Shared top, all shared parents.
+//
Equal tops, merge parents and reduce top to
+// {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext}.
+//
I have scoped the {@link AND}, {@link OR}, and {@link Predicate} subclasses of -// {@link SemanticContext} within the scope of this outer class.
+// an ATN configuration is valid. It's either a single predicate, +// a conjunction p1 && p2, or a sum of products p1 || p2. // - +// I have scoped the AND, OR, and Predicate subclasses of +// [SemanticContext] within the scope of this outer ``class'' type SemanticContext interface { Equals(other Collectable[SemanticContext]) bool Hash() int @@ -80,7 +79,7 @@ func NewPredicate(ruleIndex, predIndex int, isCtxDependent bool) *Predicate { var SemanticContextNone = NewPredicate(-1, -1, false) -func (p *Predicate) evalPrecedence(parser Recognizer, outerContext RuleContext) SemanticContext { +func (p *Predicate) evalPrecedence(_ Recognizer, _ RuleContext) SemanticContext { return p } @@ -198,7 +197,7 @@ type AND struct { func NewAND(a, b SemanticContext) *AND { - operands := NewJStore[SemanticContext, Comparator[SemanticContext]](semctxEqInst) + operands := NewJStore[SemanticContext, Comparator[SemanticContext]](semctxEqInst, SemanticContextCollection, "NewAND() operands") if aa, ok := a.(*AND); ok { for _, o := range aa.opnds { operands.Put(o) @@ -230,9 +229,7 @@ func NewAND(a, b SemanticContext) *AND { vs := operands.Values() opnds := make([]SemanticContext, len(vs)) - for i, v := range vs { - opnds[i] = v.(SemanticContext) - } + copy(opnds, vs) and := new(AND) and.opnds = opnds @@ -316,12 +313,12 @@ func (a *AND) Hash() int { return murmurFinish(h, len(a.opnds)) } -func (a *OR) Hash() int { - h := murmurInit(41) // Init with a value different from AND - for _, op := range a.opnds { +func (o *OR) Hash() int { + h := murmurInit(41) // Init with o value different from AND + for _, op := range o.opnds { h = murmurUpdate(h, op.Hash()) } - return murmurFinish(h, len(a.opnds)) + return murmurFinish(h, len(o.opnds)) } func (a *AND) String() string { @@ -349,7 +346,7 @@ type OR struct { func NewOR(a, b SemanticContext) *OR { - operands := NewJStore[SemanticContext, Comparator[SemanticContext]](semctxEqInst) + operands := NewJStore[SemanticContext, Comparator[SemanticContext]](semctxEqInst, SemanticContextCollection, "NewOR() operands") if aa, ok := a.(*OR); ok { for _, o := range aa.opnds { operands.Put(o) @@ -382,9 +379,7 @@ func NewOR(a, b SemanticContext) *OR { vs := operands.Values() opnds := make([]SemanticContext, len(vs)) - for i, v := range vs { - opnds[i] = v.(SemanticContext) - } + copy(opnds, vs) o := new(OR) o.opnds = opnds diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/statistics.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/statistics.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70c0673a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/statistics.go @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +//go:build antlr.stats + +package antlr + +import ( + "fmt" + "log" + "os" + "path/filepath" + "sort" + "strconv" + "sync" +) + +// This file allows the user to collect statistics about the runtime of the ANTLR runtime. It is not enabled by default +// and so incurs no time penalty. To enable it, you must build the runtime with the antlr.stats build tag. +// + +// Tells various components to collect statistics - because it is only true when this file is included, it will +// allow the compiler to completely eliminate all the code that is only used when collecting statistics. +const collectStats = true + +// goRunStats is a collection of all the various data the ANTLR runtime has collected about a particular run. +// It is exported so that it can be used by others to look for things that are not already looked for in the +// runtime statistics. +type goRunStats struct { + + // jStats is a slice of all the [JStatRec] records that have been created, which is one for EVERY collection created + // during a run. It is exported so that it can be used by others to look for things that are not already looked for + // within this package. + // + jStats []*JStatRec + jStatsLock sync.RWMutex + topN int + topNByMax []*JStatRec + topNByUsed []*JStatRec + unusedCollections map[CollectionSource]int + counts map[CollectionSource]int +} + +const ( + collectionsFile = "collections" +) + +var ( + Statistics = &goRunStats{ + topN: 10, + } +) + +type statsOption func(*goRunStats) error + +// Configure allows the statistics system to be configured as the user wants and override the defaults +func (s *goRunStats) Configure(options ...statsOption) error { + for _, option := range options { + err := option(s) + if err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +// WithTopN sets the number of things to list in the report when we are concerned with the top N things. +// +// For example, if you want to see the top 20 collections by size, you can do: +// +// antlr.Statistics.Configure(antlr.WithTopN(20)) +func WithTopN(topN int) statsOption { + return func(s *goRunStats) error { + s.topN = topN + return nil + } +} + +// Analyze looks through all the statistical records and computes all the outputs that might be useful to the user. +// +// The function gathers and analyzes a number of statistics about any particular run of +// an ANTLR generated recognizer. In the vast majority of cases, the statistics are only +// useful to maintainers of ANTLR itself, but they can be useful to users as well. They may be +// especially useful in tracking down bugs or performance problems when an ANTLR user could +// supply the output from this package, but cannot supply the grammar file(s) they are using, even +// privately to the maintainers. +// +// The statistics are gathered by the runtime itself, and are not gathered by the parser or lexer, but the user +// must call this function their selves to analyze the statistics. This is because none of the infrastructure is +// extant unless the calling program is built with the antlr.stats tag like so: +// +// go build -tags antlr.stats . +// +// When a program is built with the antlr.stats tag, the Statistics object is created and available outside +// the package. The user can then call the [Statistics.Analyze] function to analyze the statistics and then call the +// [Statistics.Report] function to report the statistics. +// +// Please forward any questions about this package to the ANTLR discussion groups on GitHub or send to them to +// me [Jim Idle] directly at jimi@idle.ws +// +// [Jim Idle]: https:://github.com/jim-idle +func (s *goRunStats) Analyze() { + + // Look for anything that looks strange and record it in our local maps etc for the report to present it + // + s.CollectionAnomalies() + s.TopNCollections() +} + +// TopNCollections looks through all the statistical records and gathers the top ten collections by size. +func (s *goRunStats) TopNCollections() { + + // Let's sort the stat records by MaxSize + // + sort.Slice(s.jStats, func(i, j int) bool { + return s.jStats[i].MaxSize > s.jStats[j].MaxSize + }) + + for i := 0; i < len(s.jStats) && i < s.topN; i++ { + s.topNByMax = append(s.topNByMax, s.jStats[i]) + } + + // Sort by the number of times used + // + sort.Slice(s.jStats, func(i, j int) bool { + return s.jStats[i].Gets+s.jStats[i].Puts > s.jStats[j].Gets+s.jStats[j].Puts + }) + for i := 0; i < len(s.jStats) && i < s.topN; i++ { + s.topNByUsed = append(s.topNByUsed, s.jStats[i]) + } +} + +// Report dumps a markdown formatted report of all the statistics collected during a run to the given dir output +// path, which should represent a directory. Generated files will be prefixed with the given prefix and will be +// given a type name such as `anomalies` and a time stamp such as `2021-09-01T12:34:56` and a .md suffix. +func (s *goRunStats) Report(dir string, prefix string) error { + + isDir, err := isDirectory(dir) + switch { + case err != nil: + return err + case !isDir: + return fmt.Errorf("output directory `%s` is not a directory", dir) + } + s.reportCollections(dir, prefix) + + // Clean out any old data in case the user forgets + // + s.Reset() + return nil +} + +func (s *goRunStats) Reset() { + s.jStats = nil + s.topNByUsed = nil + s.topNByMax = nil +} + +func (s *goRunStats) reportCollections(dir, prefix string) { + cname := filepath.Join(dir, ".asciidoctor") + // If the file doesn't exist, create it, or append to the file + f, err := os.OpenFile(cname, os.O_APPEND|os.O_CREATE|os.O_WRONLY, 0644) + if err != nil { + log.Fatal(err) + } + _, _ = f.WriteString(`// .asciidoctorconfig +++++ + +++++`) + _ = f.Close() + + fname := filepath.Join(dir, prefix+"_"+"_"+collectionsFile+"_"+".adoc") + // If the file doesn't exist, create it, or append to the file + f, err = os.OpenFile(fname, os.O_APPEND|os.O_CREATE|os.O_WRONLY, 0644) + if err != nil { + log.Fatal(err) + } + defer func(f *os.File) { + err := f.Close() + if err != nil { + log.Fatal(err) + } + }(f) + _, _ = f.WriteString("= Collections for " + prefix + "\n\n") + + _, _ = f.WriteString("== Summary\n") + + if s.unusedCollections != nil { + _, _ = f.WriteString("=== Unused Collections\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("Unused collections incur a penalty for allocation that makes them a candidate for either\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString(" removal or optimization. If you are using a collection that is not used, you should\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString(" consider removing it. If you are using a collection that is used, but not very often,\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString(" you should consider using lazy initialization to defer the allocation until it is\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString(" actually needed.\n\n") + + _, _ = f.WriteString("\n.Unused collections\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString(`[cols="<3,>1"]` + "\n\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| Type | Count\n") + + for k, v := range s.unusedCollections { + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + CollectionDescriptors[k].SybolicName + " | " + strconv.Itoa(v) + "\n") + } + f.WriteString("|===\n\n") + } + + _, _ = f.WriteString("\n.Summary of Collections\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString(`[cols="<3,>1"]` + "\n\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| Type | Count\n") + for k, v := range s.counts { + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + CollectionDescriptors[k].SybolicName + " | " + strconv.Itoa(v) + "\n") + } + _, _ = f.WriteString("| Total | " + strconv.Itoa(len(s.jStats)) + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n\n") + + _, _ = f.WriteString("\n.Summary of Top " + strconv.Itoa(s.topN) + " Collections by MaxSize\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString(`[cols="<1,<3,>1,>1,>1,>1"]` + "\n\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| Source | Description | MaxSize | EndSize | Puts | Gets\n") + for _, c := range s.topNByMax { + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + CollectionDescriptors[c.Source].SybolicName + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + c.Description + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.MaxSize) + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.CurSize) + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.Puts) + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.Gets) + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("\n") + } + _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n\n") + + _, _ = f.WriteString("\n.Summary of Top " + strconv.Itoa(s.topN) + " Collections by Access\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString(`[cols="<1,<3,>1,>1,>1,>1,>1"]` + "\n\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| Source | Description | MaxSize | EndSize | Puts | Gets | P+G\n") + for _, c := range s.topNByUsed { + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + CollectionDescriptors[c.Source].SybolicName + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + c.Description + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.MaxSize) + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.CurSize) + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.Puts) + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.Gets) + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.Gets+c.Puts) + "\n") + _, _ = f.WriteString("\n") + } + _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n\n") +} + +// AddJStatRec adds a [JStatRec] record to the [goRunStats] collection when build runtimeConfig antlr.stats is enabled. +func (s *goRunStats) AddJStatRec(rec *JStatRec) { + s.jStatsLock.Lock() + defer s.jStatsLock.Unlock() + s.jStats = append(s.jStats, rec) +} + +// CollectionAnomalies looks through all the statistical records and gathers any anomalies that have been found. +func (s *goRunStats) CollectionAnomalies() { + s.jStatsLock.RLock() + defer s.jStatsLock.RUnlock() + s.counts = make(map[CollectionSource]int, len(s.jStats)) + for _, c := range s.jStats { + + // Accumlate raw counts + // + s.counts[c.Source]++ + + // Look for allocated but unused collections and count them + if c.MaxSize == 0 && c.Puts == 0 { + if s.unusedCollections == nil { + s.unusedCollections = make(map[CollectionSource]int) + } + s.unusedCollections[c.Source]++ + } + if c.MaxSize > 6000 { + fmt.Println("Collection ", c.Description, "accumulated a max size of ", c.MaxSize, " - this is probably too large and indicates a poorly formed grammar") + } + } + +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/stats_data.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/stats_data.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d9eb94e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/stats_data.go @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +package antlr + +// A JStatRec is a record of a particular use of a [JStore], [JMap] or JPCMap] collection. Typically, it will be +// used to look for unused collections that wre allocated anyway, problems with hash bucket clashes, and anomalies +// such as huge numbers of Gets with no entries found GetNoEnt. You can refer to the CollectionAnomalies() function +// for ideas on what can be gleaned from these statistics about collections. +type JStatRec struct { + Source CollectionSource + MaxSize int + CurSize int + Gets int + GetHits int + GetMisses int + GetHashConflicts int + GetNoEnt int + Puts int + PutHits int + PutMisses int + PutHashConflicts int + MaxSlotSize int + Description string + CreateStack []byte +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/token.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/token.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9670efb82 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/token.go @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "strconv" + "strings" +) + +type TokenSourceCharStreamPair struct { + tokenSource TokenSource + charStream CharStream +} + +// A token has properties: text, type, line, character position in the line +// (so we can ignore tabs), token channel, index, and source from which +// we obtained this token. + +type Token interface { + GetSource() *TokenSourceCharStreamPair + GetTokenType() int + GetChannel() int + GetStart() int + GetStop() int + GetLine() int + GetColumn() int + + GetText() string + SetText(s string) + + GetTokenIndex() int + SetTokenIndex(v int) + + GetTokenSource() TokenSource + GetInputStream() CharStream + + String() string +} + +type BaseToken struct { + source *TokenSourceCharStreamPair + tokenType int // token type of the token + channel int // The parser ignores everything not on DEFAULT_CHANNEL + start int // optional return -1 if not implemented. + stop int // optional return -1 if not implemented. + tokenIndex int // from 0..n-1 of the token object in the input stream + line int // line=1..n of the 1st character + column int // beginning of the line at which it occurs, 0..n-1 + text string // text of the token. + readOnly bool +} + +const ( + TokenInvalidType = 0 + + // TokenEpsilon - during lookahead operations, this "token" signifies we hit the rule end [ATN] state + // and did not follow it despite needing to. + TokenEpsilon = -2 + + TokenMinUserTokenType = 1 + + TokenEOF = -1 + + // TokenDefaultChannel is the default channel upon which tokens are sent to the parser. + // + // All tokens go to the parser (unless [Skip] is called in the lexer rule) + // on a particular "channel". The parser tunes to a particular channel + // so that whitespace etc... can go to the parser on a "hidden" channel. + TokenDefaultChannel = 0 + + // TokenHiddenChannel defines the normal hidden channel - the parser wil not see tokens that are not on [TokenDefaultChannel]. + // + // Anything on a different channel than TokenDefaultChannel is not parsed by parser. + TokenHiddenChannel = 1 +) + +func (b *BaseToken) GetChannel() int { + return b.channel +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetStart() int { + return b.start +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetStop() int { + return b.stop +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetLine() int { + return b.line +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetColumn() int { + return b.column +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenType() int { + return b.tokenType +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetSource() *TokenSourceCharStreamPair { + return b.source +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenIndex() int { + return b.tokenIndex +} + +func (b *BaseToken) SetTokenIndex(v int) { + b.tokenIndex = v +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenSource() TokenSource { + return b.source.tokenSource +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetInputStream() CharStream { + return b.source.charStream +} + +type CommonToken struct { + BaseToken +} + +func NewCommonToken(source *TokenSourceCharStreamPair, tokenType, channel, start, stop int) *CommonToken { + + t := &CommonToken{ + BaseToken: BaseToken{ + source: source, + tokenType: tokenType, + channel: channel, + start: start, + stop: stop, + tokenIndex: -1, + }, + } + + if t.source.tokenSource != nil { + t.line = source.tokenSource.GetLine() + t.column = source.tokenSource.GetCharPositionInLine() + } else { + t.column = -1 + } + return t +} + +// An empty {@link Pair} which is used as the default value of +// {@link //source} for tokens that do not have a source. + +//CommonToken.EMPTY_SOURCE = [ nil, nil ] + +// Constructs a New{@link CommonToken} as a copy of another {@link Token}. +// +//+// If {@code oldToken} is also a {@link CommonToken} instance, the newly +// constructed token will share a reference to the {@link //text} field and +// the {@link Pair} stored in {@link //source}. Otherwise, {@link //text} will +// be assigned the result of calling {@link //GetText}, and {@link //source} +// will be constructed from the result of {@link Token//GetTokenSource} and +// {@link Token//GetInputStream}.
+// +// @param oldToken The token to copy. +func (c *CommonToken) clone() *CommonToken { + t := NewCommonToken(c.source, c.tokenType, c.channel, c.start, c.stop) + t.tokenIndex = c.GetTokenIndex() + t.line = c.GetLine() + t.column = c.GetColumn() + t.text = c.GetText() + return t +} + +func (c *CommonToken) GetText() string { + if c.text != "" { + return c.text + } + input := c.GetInputStream() + if input == nil { + return "" + } + n := input.Size() + if c.start < n && c.stop < n { + return input.GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(c.start, c.stop)) + } + return "+// You can insert stuff, replace, and delete chunks. Note that the operations +// are done lazily--only if you convert the buffer to a {@link String} with +// {@link TokenStream#getText()}. This is very efficient because you are not +// moving data around all the time. As the buffer of tokens is converted to +// strings, the {@link #getText()} method(s) scan the input token stream and +// check to see if there is an operation at the current index. If so, the +// operation is done and then normal {@link String} rendering continues on the +// buffer. This is like having multiple Turing machine instruction streams +// (programs) operating on a single input tape. :)
+//+ +// This rewriter makes no modifications to the token stream. It does not ask the +// stream to fill itself up nor does it advance the input cursor. The token +// stream {@link TokenStream#index()} will return the same value before and +// after any {@link #getText()} call.
+ +//+// The rewriter only works on tokens that you have in the buffer and ignores the +// current input cursor. If you are buffering tokens on-demand, calling +// {@link #getText()} halfway through the input will only do rewrites for those +// tokens in the first half of the file.
+ +//+// Since the operations are done lazily at {@link #getText}-time, operations do +// not screw up the token index values. That is, an insert operation at token +// index {@code i} does not change the index values for tokens +// {@code i}+1..n-1.
+ +//+// Because operations never actually alter the buffer, you may always get the +// original token stream back without undoing anything. Since the instructions +// are queued up, you can easily simulate transactions and roll back any changes +// if there is an error just by removing instructions. For example,
+ +//
+// CharStream input = new ANTLRFileStream("input");
+// TLexer lex = new TLexer(input);
+// CommonTokenStream tokens = new CommonTokenStream(lex);
+// T parser = new T(tokens);
+// TokenStreamRewriter rewriter = new TokenStreamRewriter(tokens);
+// parser.startRule();
+//
+
+// +// Then in the rules, you can execute (assuming rewriter is visible):
+ +//+// Token t,u; +// ... +// rewriter.insertAfter(t, "text to put after t");} +// rewriter.insertAfter(u, "text after u");} +// System.out.println(rewriter.getText()); +//+ +//
+// You can also have multiple "instruction streams" and get multiple rewrites +// from a single pass over the input. Just name the instruction streams and use +// that name again when printing the buffer. This could be useful for generating +// a C file and also its header file--all from the same buffer:
+ +//
+// rewriter.insertAfter("pass1", t, "text to put after t");}
+// rewriter.insertAfter("pass2", u, "text after u");}
+// System.out.println(rewriter.getText("pass1"));
+// System.out.println(rewriter.getText("pass2"));
+//
+
+// +// If you don't use named rewrite streams, a "default" stream is used as the +// first example shows.
+ +const ( + DefaultProgramName = "default" + ProgramInitSize = 100 + MinTokenIndex = 0 +) + +// Define the rewrite operation hierarchy + +type RewriteOperation interface { + + // Execute the rewrite operation by possibly adding to the buffer. + // Return the index of the next token to operate on. + Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int + String() string + GetInstructionIndex() int + GetIndex() int + GetText() string + GetOpName() string + GetTokens() TokenStream + SetInstructionIndex(val int) + SetIndex(int) + SetText(string) + SetOpName(string) + SetTokens(TokenStream) +} + +type BaseRewriteOperation struct { + //Current index of rewrites list + instructionIndex int + //Token buffer index + index int + //Substitution text + text string + //Actual operation name + opName string + //Pointer to token steam + tokens TokenStream +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetInstructionIndex() int { + return op.instructionIndex +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetIndex() int { + return op.index +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetText() string { + return op.text +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetOpName() string { + return op.opName +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetTokens() TokenStream { + return op.tokens +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetInstructionIndex(val int) { + op.instructionIndex = val +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetIndex(val int) { + op.index = val +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetText(val string) { + op.text = val +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetOpName(val string) { + op.opName = val +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetTokens(val TokenStream) { + op.tokens = val +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) Execute(_ *bytes.Buffer) int { + return op.index +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("<%s@%d:\"%s\">", + op.opName, + op.tokens.Get(op.GetIndex()), + op.text, + ) + +} + +type InsertBeforeOp struct { + BaseRewriteOperation +} + +func NewInsertBeforeOp(index int, text string, stream TokenStream) *InsertBeforeOp { + return &InsertBeforeOp{BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{ + index: index, + text: text, + opName: "InsertBeforeOp", + tokens: stream, + }} +} + +func (op *InsertBeforeOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int { + buffer.WriteString(op.text) + if op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetTokenType() != TokenEOF { + buffer.WriteString(op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetText()) + } + return op.index + 1 +} + +func (op *InsertBeforeOp) String() string { + return op.BaseRewriteOperation.String() +} + +// InsertAfterOp distinguishes between insert after/before to do the "insert after" instructions +// first and then the "insert before" instructions at same index. Implementation +// of "insert after" is "insert before index+1". +type InsertAfterOp struct { + BaseRewriteOperation +} + +func NewInsertAfterOp(index int, text string, stream TokenStream) *InsertAfterOp { + return &InsertAfterOp{ + BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{ + index: index + 1, + text: text, + tokens: stream, + }, + } +} + +func (op *InsertAfterOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int { + buffer.WriteString(op.text) + if op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetTokenType() != TokenEOF { + buffer.WriteString(op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetText()) + } + return op.index + 1 +} + +func (op *InsertAfterOp) String() string { + return op.BaseRewriteOperation.String() +} + +// ReplaceOp tries to replace range from x..y with (y-x)+1 ReplaceOp +// instructions. +type ReplaceOp struct { + BaseRewriteOperation + LastIndex int +} + +func NewReplaceOp(from, to int, text string, stream TokenStream) *ReplaceOp { + return &ReplaceOp{ + BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{ + index: from, + text: text, + opName: "ReplaceOp", + tokens: stream, + }, + LastIndex: to, + } +} + +func (op *ReplaceOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int { + if op.text != "" { + buffer.WriteString(op.text) + } + return op.LastIndex + 1 +} + +func (op *ReplaceOp) String() string { + if op.text == "" { + return fmt.Sprintf("This is a one way link. It emanates from a state (usually via a list of +// transitions) and has a target state.
+// +//Since we never have to change the ATN transitions once we construct it, +// the states. We'll use the term Edge for the DFA to distinguish them from +// ATN transitions.
+ +type Transition interface { + getTarget() ATNState + setTarget(ATNState) + getIsEpsilon() bool + getLabel() *IntervalSet + getSerializationType() int + Matches(int, int, int) bool +} + +type BaseTransition struct { + target ATNState + isEpsilon bool + label int + intervalSet *IntervalSet + serializationType int +} + +func NewBaseTransition(target ATNState) *BaseTransition { + + if target == nil { + panic("target cannot be nil.") + } + + t := new(BaseTransition) + + t.target = target + // Are we epsilon, action, sempred? + t.isEpsilon = false + t.intervalSet = nil + + return t +} + +func (t *BaseTransition) getTarget() ATNState { + return t.target +} + +func (t *BaseTransition) setTarget(s ATNState) { + t.target = s +} + +func (t *BaseTransition) getIsEpsilon() bool { + return t.isEpsilon +} + +func (t *BaseTransition) getLabel() *IntervalSet { + return t.intervalSet +} + +func (t *BaseTransition) getSerializationType() int { + return t.serializationType +} + +func (t *BaseTransition) Matches(_, _, _ int) bool { + panic("Not implemented") +} + +const ( + TransitionEPSILON = 1 + TransitionRANGE = 2 + TransitionRULE = 3 + TransitionPREDICATE = 4 // e.g., {isType(input.LT(1))}? + TransitionATOM = 5 + TransitionACTION = 6 + TransitionSET = 7 // ~(A|B) or ~atom, wildcard, which convert to next 2 + TransitionNOTSET = 8 + TransitionWILDCARD = 9 + TransitionPRECEDENCE = 10 +) + +//goland:noinspection GoUnusedGlobalVariable +var TransitionserializationNames = []string{ + "INVALID", + "EPSILON", + "RANGE", + "RULE", + "PREDICATE", + "ATOM", + "ACTION", + "SET", + "NOT_SET", + "WILDCARD", + "PRECEDENCE", +} + +//var TransitionserializationTypes struct { +// EpsilonTransition int +// RangeTransition int +// RuleTransition int +// PredicateTransition int +// AtomTransition int +// ActionTransition int +// SetTransition int +// NotSetTransition int +// WildcardTransition int +// PrecedencePredicateTransition int +//}{ +// TransitionEPSILON, +// TransitionRANGE, +// TransitionRULE, +// TransitionPREDICATE, +// TransitionATOM, +// TransitionACTION, +// TransitionSET, +// TransitionNOTSET, +// TransitionWILDCARD, +// TransitionPRECEDENCE +//} + +// AtomTransition +// TODO: make all transitions sets? no, should remove set edges +type AtomTransition struct { + BaseTransition +} + +func NewAtomTransition(target ATNState, intervalSet int) *AtomTransition { + t := &AtomTransition{ + BaseTransition: BaseTransition{ + target: target, + serializationType: TransitionATOM, + label: intervalSet, + isEpsilon: false, + }, + } + t.intervalSet = t.makeLabel() + + return t +} + +func (t *AtomTransition) makeLabel() *IntervalSet { + s := NewIntervalSet() + s.addOne(t.label) + return s +} + +func (t *AtomTransition) Matches(symbol, _, _ int) bool { + return t.label == symbol +} + +func (t *AtomTransition) String() string { + return strconv.Itoa(t.label) +} + +type RuleTransition struct { + BaseTransition + followState ATNState + ruleIndex, precedence int +} + +func NewRuleTransition(ruleStart ATNState, ruleIndex, precedence int, followState ATNState) *RuleTransition { + return &RuleTransition{ + BaseTransition: BaseTransition{ + target: ruleStart, + isEpsilon: true, + serializationType: TransitionRULE, + }, + ruleIndex: ruleIndex, + precedence: precedence, + followState: followState, + } +} + +func (t *RuleTransition) Matches(_, _, _ int) bool { + return false +} + +type EpsilonTransition struct { + BaseTransition + outermostPrecedenceReturn int +} + +func NewEpsilonTransition(target ATNState, outermostPrecedenceReturn int) *EpsilonTransition { + return &EpsilonTransition{ + BaseTransition: BaseTransition{ + target: target, + serializationType: TransitionEPSILON, + isEpsilon: true, + }, + outermostPrecedenceReturn: outermostPrecedenceReturn, + } +} + +func (t *EpsilonTransition) Matches(_, _, _ int) bool { + return false +} + +func (t *EpsilonTransition) String() string { + return "epsilon" +} + +type RangeTransition struct { + BaseTransition + start, stop int +} + +func NewRangeTransition(target ATNState, start, stop int) *RangeTransition { + t := &RangeTransition{ + BaseTransition: BaseTransition{ + target: target, + serializationType: TransitionRANGE, + isEpsilon: false, + }, + start: start, + stop: stop, + } + t.intervalSet = t.makeLabel() + return t +} + +func (t *RangeTransition) makeLabel() *IntervalSet { + s := NewIntervalSet() + s.addRange(t.start, t.stop) + return s +} + +func (t *RangeTransition) Matches(symbol, _, _ int) bool { + return symbol >= t.start && symbol <= t.stop +} + +func (t *RangeTransition) String() string { + var sb strings.Builder + sb.WriteByte('\'') + sb.WriteRune(rune(t.start)) + sb.WriteString("'..'") + sb.WriteRune(rune(t.stop)) + sb.WriteByte('\'') + return sb.String() +} + +type AbstractPredicateTransition interface { + Transition + IAbstractPredicateTransitionFoo() +} + +type BaseAbstractPredicateTransition struct { + BaseTransition +} + +func NewBasePredicateTransition(target ATNState) *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition { + return &BaseAbstractPredicateTransition{ + BaseTransition: BaseTransition{ + target: target, + }, + } +} + +func (a *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition) IAbstractPredicateTransitionFoo() {} + +type PredicateTransition struct { + BaseAbstractPredicateTransition + isCtxDependent bool + ruleIndex, predIndex int +} + +func NewPredicateTransition(target ATNState, ruleIndex, predIndex int, isCtxDependent bool) *PredicateTransition { + return &PredicateTransition{ + BaseAbstractPredicateTransition: BaseAbstractPredicateTransition{ + BaseTransition: BaseTransition{ + target: target, + serializationType: TransitionPREDICATE, + isEpsilon: true, + }, + }, + isCtxDependent: isCtxDependent, + ruleIndex: ruleIndex, + predIndex: predIndex, + } +} + +func (t *PredicateTransition) Matches(_, _, _ int) bool { + return false +} + +func (t *PredicateTransition) getPredicate() *Predicate { + return NewPredicate(t.ruleIndex, t.predIndex, t.isCtxDependent) +} + +func (t *PredicateTransition) String() string { + return "pred_" + strconv.Itoa(t.ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(t.predIndex) +} + +type ActionTransition struct { + BaseTransition + isCtxDependent bool + ruleIndex, actionIndex, predIndex int +} + +func NewActionTransition(target ATNState, ruleIndex, actionIndex int, isCtxDependent bool) *ActionTransition { + return &ActionTransition{ + BaseTransition: BaseTransition{ + target: target, + serializationType: TransitionACTION, + isEpsilon: true, + }, + isCtxDependent: isCtxDependent, + ruleIndex: ruleIndex, + actionIndex: actionIndex, + } +} + +func (t *ActionTransition) Matches(_, _, _ int) bool { + return false +} + +func (t *ActionTransition) String() string { + return "action_" + strconv.Itoa(t.ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(t.actionIndex) +} + +type SetTransition struct { + BaseTransition +} + +func NewSetTransition(target ATNState, set *IntervalSet) *SetTransition { + t := &SetTransition{ + BaseTransition: BaseTransition{ + target: target, + serializationType: TransitionSET, + }, + } + + if set != nil { + t.intervalSet = set + } else { + t.intervalSet = NewIntervalSet() + t.intervalSet.addOne(TokenInvalidType) + } + return t +} + +func (t *SetTransition) Matches(symbol, _, _ int) bool { + return t.intervalSet.contains(symbol) +} + +func (t *SetTransition) String() string { + return t.intervalSet.String() +} + +type NotSetTransition struct { + SetTransition +} + +func NewNotSetTransition(target ATNState, set *IntervalSet) *NotSetTransition { + t := &NotSetTransition{ + SetTransition: SetTransition{ + BaseTransition: BaseTransition{ + target: target, + serializationType: TransitionNOTSET, + }, + }, + } + if set != nil { + t.intervalSet = set + } else { + t.intervalSet = NewIntervalSet() + t.intervalSet.addOne(TokenInvalidType) + } + + return t +} + +func (t *NotSetTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { + return symbol >= minVocabSymbol && symbol <= maxVocabSymbol && !t.intervalSet.contains(symbol) +} + +func (t *NotSetTransition) String() string { + return "~" + t.intervalSet.String() +} + +type WildcardTransition struct { + BaseTransition +} + +func NewWildcardTransition(target ATNState) *WildcardTransition { + return &WildcardTransition{ + BaseTransition: BaseTransition{ + target: target, + serializationType: TransitionWILDCARD, + }, + } +} + +func (t *WildcardTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { + return symbol >= minVocabSymbol && symbol <= maxVocabSymbol +} + +func (t *WildcardTransition) String() string { + return "." +} + +type PrecedencePredicateTransition struct { + BaseAbstractPredicateTransition + precedence int +} + +func NewPrecedencePredicateTransition(target ATNState, precedence int) *PrecedencePredicateTransition { + return &PrecedencePredicateTransition{ + BaseAbstractPredicateTransition: BaseAbstractPredicateTransition{ + BaseTransition: BaseTransition{ + target: target, + serializationType: TransitionPRECEDENCE, + isEpsilon: true, + }, + }, + precedence: precedence, + } +} + +func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) Matches(_, _, _ int) bool { + return false +} + +func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) getPredicate() *PrecedencePredicate { + return NewPrecedencePredicate(t.precedence) +} + +func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) String() string { + return fmt.Sprint(t.precedence) + " >= _p" +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/tree.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/tree.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c288420fb --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/tree.go @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +// The basic notion of a tree has a parent, a payload, and a list of children. +// It is the most abstract interface for all the trees used by ANTLR. +/// + +var TreeInvalidInterval = NewInterval(-1, -2) + +type Tree interface { + GetParent() Tree + SetParent(Tree) + GetPayload() interface{} + GetChild(i int) Tree + GetChildCount() int + GetChildren() []Tree +} + +type SyntaxTree interface { + Tree + GetSourceInterval() Interval +} + +type ParseTree interface { + SyntaxTree + Accept(Visitor ParseTreeVisitor) interface{} + GetText() string + ToStringTree([]string, Recognizer) string +} + +type RuleNode interface { + ParseTree + GetRuleContext() RuleContext +} + +type TerminalNode interface { + ParseTree + GetSymbol() Token +} + +type ErrorNode interface { + TerminalNode + + errorNode() +} + +type ParseTreeVisitor interface { + Visit(tree ParseTree) interface{} + VisitChildren(node RuleNode) interface{} + VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) interface{} + VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) interface{} +} + +type BaseParseTreeVisitor struct{} + +var _ ParseTreeVisitor = &BaseParseTreeVisitor{} + +func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) Visit(tree ParseTree) interface{} { return tree.Accept(v) } +func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitChildren(_ RuleNode) interface{} { return nil } +func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitTerminal(_ TerminalNode) interface{} { return nil } +func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitErrorNode(_ ErrorNode) interface{} { return nil } + +// TODO: Implement this? +//func (this ParseTreeVisitor) Visit(ctx) { +// if (Utils.isArray(ctx)) { +// self := this +// return ctx.map(function(child) { return VisitAtom(self, child)}) +// } else { +// return VisitAtom(this, ctx) +// } +//} +// +//func VisitAtom(Visitor, ctx) { +// if (ctx.parser == nil) { //is terminal +// return +// } +// +// name := ctx.parser.ruleNames[ctx.ruleIndex] +// funcName := "Visit" + Utils.titleCase(name) +// +// return Visitor[funcName](ctx) +//} + +type ParseTreeListener interface { + VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) + VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) + EnterEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext) + ExitEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext) +} + +type BaseParseTreeListener struct{} + +var _ ParseTreeListener = &BaseParseTreeListener{} + +func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) VisitTerminal(_ TerminalNode) {} +func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) VisitErrorNode(_ ErrorNode) {} +func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) EnterEveryRule(_ ParserRuleContext) {} +func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) ExitEveryRule(_ ParserRuleContext) {} + +type TerminalNodeImpl struct { + parentCtx RuleContext + symbol Token +} + +var _ TerminalNode = &TerminalNodeImpl{} + +func NewTerminalNodeImpl(symbol Token) *TerminalNodeImpl { + tn := new(TerminalNodeImpl) + + tn.parentCtx = nil + tn.symbol = symbol + + return tn +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChild(_ int) Tree { + return nil +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChildren() []Tree { + return nil +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) SetChildren(_ []Tree) { + panic("Cannot set children on terminal node") +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetSymbol() Token { + return t.symbol +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetParent() Tree { + return t.parentCtx +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) SetParent(tree Tree) { + t.parentCtx = tree.(RuleContext) +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetPayload() interface{} { + return t.symbol +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetSourceInterval() Interval { + if t.symbol == nil { + return TreeInvalidInterval + } + tokenIndex := t.symbol.GetTokenIndex() + return NewInterval(tokenIndex, tokenIndex) +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChildCount() int { + return 0 +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) Accept(v ParseTreeVisitor) interface{} { + return v.VisitTerminal(t) +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetText() string { + return t.symbol.GetText() +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) String() string { + if t.symbol.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF { + return "